| blob | e58967d5a80caab0865c289a3139d940b468c569 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 Prompt for a change log name.
153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
159 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
163 current buffer to the complete file name.
164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
179 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
184 after a comma on an existing line.
186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
188 the same person.
190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
191 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
192 notices.
194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
202 the change log file in another window.
207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
236 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
237 or a buffer.
239 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
244 ;;;***
245 \f
246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
247 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
248 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20725 15032 264919 0))
249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
257 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
259 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
270 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
296 the new one.
298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
300 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
305 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
335 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
336 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
337 BODY...)
339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
343 see also `ad-add-advice'.
344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
345 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
346 before/around/after-advices will be used.
347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
348 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
351 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
354 Semantics of the various flags:
355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
356 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
363 advised function should be compiled.
365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
366 during activation until somebody enables it.
368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
369 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
375 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
376 BODY...)
382 ;;;***
383 \f
384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
385 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
386 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
391 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
395 rule's `separate' attribute).
397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
399 `separate' attribute set.
401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
403 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
404 on the format of these lists.
409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
411 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
413 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
417 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
418 options.
420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
423 Fred (123) 456-7890
424 Alice (123) 456-7890
425 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
426 Joe (123) 456-7890
428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
439 align that section.
444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
446 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
449 been used to align that section.
454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
456 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
459 to be colored.
464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
473 ;;;***
474 \f
475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
476 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
477 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
494 `allout-auto-activation'.
499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
503 file variable `allout-layout'.
506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
507 specified layout is applied.
510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
513 Auto-layout is not.
519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
566 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
587 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
598 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
601 Exposure Control:
602 ----------------
609 Navigation:
610 ----------
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 current topic
636 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
658 Misc commands:
659 -------------
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
662 for `allout-layout'.
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 format.
673 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
674 auto-activation.
676 Topic Encryption
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
680 pending encryption on save.
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
691 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
692 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
694 signal.
696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
698 for details.
700 HOT-SPOT Operation
702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
703 navigation and exposure control.
705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
721 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
723 at the beginning of the current entry.
725 Extending Allout
727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
729 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-hook'
732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
741 Terminology
743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
745 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
746 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
747 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
748 CURRENT ITEM:
749 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
750 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
751 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
752 called the:
753 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
755 ANCESTORS:
756 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
758 of the ITEM.
759 OFFSPRING:
760 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
761 SUBTOPIC:
762 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
763 CHILD:
764 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
765 SIBLINGS:
766 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
768 Topic text constituents:
770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
771 text.
772 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
773 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
774 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
776 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
777 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
778 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
779 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
780 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
781 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
782 the PREFIX.
784 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
785 of the ITEM.
786 PREFIX-LEAD:
787 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
788 It can be customized by changing the setting of
789 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
791 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
792 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
793 program code without interfering with processing of the text
794 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
795 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
796 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
797 docstring for more detail.
798 PREFIX-PADDING:
799 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
800 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
802 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
803 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
804 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
805 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
807 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
808 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
809 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
810 more details.
811 EXPOSURE:
812 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
813 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
814 CONCEALED:
815 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
818 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
820 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
834 ;;;***
835 \f
836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
837 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
838 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
854 visiting an outline.
856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
861 you want allout widgets operation.
867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
876 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
879 The graphics include:
881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
884 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
887 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 ;;;***
896 \f
897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
898 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
906 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
907 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
920 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
929 in the current window.
934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
936 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
938 buffer if one does not exist.
943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 ;;;***
951 \f
952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
953 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976 ;;;***
977 \f
978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
979 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104
980 ;;;;;; 0))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
986 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
993 the rules.
995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013 ;;;***
1014 \f
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;; apropos-user-option apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el"
1040 ;;;;;; (20716 56 356960 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 variables, not just user options.
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20759
1156 ;;;;;; 33211 414988 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20709 26818 907104
1177 ;;;;;; 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1230 between that of point and mark.
1238 newlines inside rows)
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20777
1249 ;;;;;; 63161 848428 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1263 How to submit a bug report
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344 Settings
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360 Drawing with keys
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1381 Arrows
1384 of the line/poly-line
1387 of the line/poly-line
1390 Selecting operation
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1416 Variables
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441 Hooks
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446 Keymap summary
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709
1455 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475 Special commands:
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1483 ;;;;;; (20755 36154 171386 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1496 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554 ;;;***
1555 \f
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1557 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1565 ;;;***
1566 \f
1567 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1568 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1604 ;;;***
1605 \f
1606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1607 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1608 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1658 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1659 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20767 27320 533690 0))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1748 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1781 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1786 ;;;***
1787 \f
1788 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1789 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1794 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1795 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1796 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1801 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1802 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1810 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1815 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1816 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1818 seconds.
1822 ;;;***
1823 \f
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1825 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
1826 ;;;;;; 0))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1830 Time execution of FORMS.
1831 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1832 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1833 FORMS once.
1834 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1835 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1836 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1843 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1844 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1845 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1846 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1860 ;;;***
1861 \f
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1872 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1873 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1874 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1875 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1880 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1882 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1884 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1889 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1890 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1891 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1892 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1896 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1899 Special information:
1903 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1904 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1905 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1910 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1916 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1917 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1918 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1919 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1920 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1921 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1922 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1924 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1926 ----------------------------------------------------------
1927 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1928 if that value is non-nil.
1935 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1936 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1937 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1938 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1939 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1940 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1941 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1942 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1943 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1944 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1945 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1949 ;;;***
1950 \f
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1952 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1956 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1960 ;;;***
1961 \f
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1963 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1964 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1967 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1971 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1972 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1982 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1986 ;;;***
1987 \f
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20709
1989 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1993 Play blackbox.
1994 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1996 What is blackbox?
1998 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1999 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2000 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2001 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2002 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2003 your score.
2005 Overview of play:
2008 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2009 four.
2011 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2012 movement keys.
2014 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2015 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2017 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2020 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2023 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2024 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2025 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2027 Details:
2029 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2031 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2032 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2033 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2034 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2036 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2037 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2038 denoted by the letter `R'.
2040 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2041 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2042 denoted by the letter `H'.
2044 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2045 example.
2047 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2048 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2049 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2050 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2053 ray.
2055 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2056 degree deflection it causes.
2058 1
2059 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2062 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2063 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2067 2 3
2069 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2070 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2076 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2083 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2084 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2085 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2086 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2087 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2088 emerging from the box.
2090 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2097 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2102 a reflection.
2106 ;;;***
2107 \f
2108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2109 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2112 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2113 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2118 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2119 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2120 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2121 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2122 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2127 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2128 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2130 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2131 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2132 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2133 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2134 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2135 recent one.
2137 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2138 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2139 yank successive words.
2141 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2142 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2143 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2144 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2145 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2148 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2149 the list of bookmarks.)
2154 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2155 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2156 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2157 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2158 this.
2160 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2161 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2162 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2163 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2165 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2166 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2168 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2169 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2170 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2175 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2180 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2182 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2183 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2184 after a bookmark was set in it.
2189 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2191 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2192 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2199 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2200 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2201 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2203 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2204 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2205 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2207 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2208 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2209 name.
2214 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2215 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2218 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2219 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2220 this.
2225 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2227 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2228 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2231 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2232 probably because we were called from there.
2237 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2238 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2243 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2244 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2245 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2246 \(second argument).
2248 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2249 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2250 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2251 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2252 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2254 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2257 `bookmark-default-file'.
2262 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2263 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2264 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2265 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2266 while loading.
2268 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2269 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2270 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2271 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2272 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2273 explicitly.
2275 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2276 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2283 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2284 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2285 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2286 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2295 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2299 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2301 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2303 ;;;***
2304 \f
2305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2306 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2313 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2317 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2327 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2329 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2330 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2331 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2332 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2333 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2334 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2336 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2340 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2341 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2342 narrowed.
2344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2347 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2349 \(fn)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2354 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2359 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2360 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2361 first, if that exists.
2363 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2367 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2377 to use.
2379 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2383 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2384 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2386 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2391 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2393 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2394 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2395 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2396 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2399 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2400 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2409 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2410 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2412 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2413 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2414 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2415 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2418 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2419 new tab in an existing window instead.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2429 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2430 Firefox.
2432 When called interactively, if variable
2433 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2434 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2435 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2439 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2440 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2443 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2447 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2448 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2449 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2450 URL in a new window.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2457 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2458 Chromium.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2465 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2468 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2473 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2474 new tab in an existing window instead.
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2488 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2489 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2493 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2494 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2506 program is invoked according to the variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2509 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2510 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2511 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2512 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2515 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2524 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2525 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2529 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2530 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2538 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2539 Default to the URL around or before point.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2543 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2552 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2553 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2559 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2560 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2561 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2562 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2574 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2575 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2578 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2582 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2583 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2584 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2585 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2587 current one.
2589 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2590 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2591 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2602 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2603 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2604 don't offer a form of remote control.
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around the point.
2618 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2619 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2621 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2622 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 ;;;***
2627 \f
2628 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2629 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2633 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2640 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2647 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2652 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2654 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2655 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2656 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2661 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2662 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2663 name of buffer configuration.
2665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2667 ;;;***
2668 \f
2669 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20709 26818
2670 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2671 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2673 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2674 Play Bubbles game.
2676 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2678 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2679 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2680 columns on its right towards the left.
2687 \(fn)" t nil)
2689 ;;;***
2690 \f
2691 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2692 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2695 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2697 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2698 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2699 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2700 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2701 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710 ;;;***
2711 \f
2712 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2713 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2714 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2715 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2716 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20780 39352 990623 0))
2717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2718 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2724 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2725 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2726 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2727 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2728 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2729 else the global value will be modified.
2731 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2733 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2734 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2735 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2736 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2737 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2738 else the global value will be modified.
2740 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2742 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2743 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2744 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2746 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2748 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2749 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2750 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2751 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2754 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2755 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2756 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2757 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2758 before scanning it.
2760 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2761 that already has a `.elc' file.
2763 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2764 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2766 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2767 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2768 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2769 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2770 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2771 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2773 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2776 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2777 Print the result in the echo area.
2778 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2783 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2784 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2786 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2788 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2789 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2790 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2791 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2792 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2793 all functions called by those functions.
2795 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2796 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2797 cons, etc.).
2799 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2800 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2801 invoked interactively.
2803 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2806 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2810 \(fn)" nil nil)
2812 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2814 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2815 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2816 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2818 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2819 already up-to-date.
2821 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2823 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2824 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2825 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2826 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2828 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2829 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2830 and corresponding effects.
2832 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2834 ;;;***
2835 \f
2836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20709
2837 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2838 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2840 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2842 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 ;;;***
2845 \f
2846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2847 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2850 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 ;;;***
2857 \f
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2859 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2862 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2863 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2864 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2865 from the cursor position.
2867 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2869 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2871 ;;;***
2872 \f
2873 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2874 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2875 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20759
2876 ;;;;;; 33211 414988 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2898 \(fn)" t nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2902 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2903 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2905 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2907 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 This is most useful in the X window system.
2911 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2917 See calc-keypad for details.
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2922 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2927 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2932 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2934 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2937 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2943 Define Calc function.
2945 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2946 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2947 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2949 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2950 actual Lisp function name.
2952 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2954 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2956 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2958 ;;;***
2959 \f
2960 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709
2961 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2964 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967 \(fn N)" t nil)
2969 ;;;***
2970 \f
2971 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20709
2972 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2975 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2976 Run the Emacs calculator.
2977 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2979 \(fn)" t nil)
2981 ;;;***
2982 \f
2983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20762
2984 ;;;;;; 9398 526093 0))
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2987 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2988 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2989 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2990 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2991 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2992 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2994 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2995 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2996 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2997 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2998 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2999 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3000 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3002 window.
3004 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3005 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3007 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3008 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3009 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3010 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3011 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3012 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3014 Runs the following hooks:
3016 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3017 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3018 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3019 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3021 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3025 ;;;***
3026 \f
3027 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3028 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3031 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3032 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3034 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3036 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3037 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3038 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3039 it fails.
3041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3046 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3049 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3050 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3052 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3053 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3055 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3056 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3057 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3058 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3059 restriction to ASCII.
3061 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3063 capitalizedWorDD
3064 ^ ^ ^^
3066 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3070 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3071 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3072 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3073 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3074 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3075 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3076 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3078 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3079 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3086 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3088 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3090 ;;;***
3091 \f
3092 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3093 ;;;;;; (20755 36154 171386 0))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3096 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3097 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3099 \(fn)" nil nil)
3101 ;;;***
3102 \f
3103 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3104 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3105 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3106 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3110 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3113 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3115 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3116 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3118 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3120 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3121 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3122 made from scratch.
3124 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3126 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3127 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3129 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3130 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3131 made from scratch.
3133 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3135 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3138 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 made from scratch.
3144 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3146 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3147 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3151 made from scratch.
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3158 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3162 made from scratch.
3164 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3167 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3169 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3170 variables are guessed:
3172 * `c-basic-offset', and
3173 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3174 `c-offsets-alist'.
3176 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3177 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3179 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3180 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3182 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3183 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3184 guess is made from scratch.
3186 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3187 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3189 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3191 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3192 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3193 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3196 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3197 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3198 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3200 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3202 ;;;***
3203 \f
3204 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3205 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3206 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3209 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3210 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3211 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3212 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3213 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3214 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3217 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3219 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3220 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3230 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3231 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3233 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3234 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3235 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3239 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3240 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3242 Key bindings:
3245 \(fn)" t nil)
3247 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3248 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3250 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3251 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3253 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3254 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3255 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3256 message.
3260 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3261 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3263 Key bindings:
3266 \(fn)" t nil)
3268 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3269 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3272 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3273 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3275 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3276 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3277 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3278 message.
3282 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3283 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3285 Key bindings:
3288 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3291 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3294 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3295 Major mode for editing Java code.
3297 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3298 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3299 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3300 message.
3304 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3305 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3307 Key bindings:
3310 \(fn)" t nil)
3312 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3313 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3316 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3317 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3319 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3320 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3321 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3322 message.
3326 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3327 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3329 Key bindings:
3332 \(fn)" t nil)
3334 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3335 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3339 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3340 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3342 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3343 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3344 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3345 message.
3349 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3350 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3352 Key bindings:
3355 \(fn)" t nil)
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3359 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3360 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3361 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3363 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3364 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3366 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3367 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3368 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3372 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3373 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3375 Key bindings:
3378 \(fn)" t nil)
3380 ;;;***
3381 \f
3382 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3383 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3386 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3387 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3388 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3389 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3391 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3394 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3395 might get set too.
3397 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3398 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3399 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3400 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3401 in this way.
3403 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3404 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3405 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3406 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3407 a null operation.
3409 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3411 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3412 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3413 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3414 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3416 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3418 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3419 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3420 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3422 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3424 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3425 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3426 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3427 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3428 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3430 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3432 ;;;***
3433 \f
3434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20709 26818
3435 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3437 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3438 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3439 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3444 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3445 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3448 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3449 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3451 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3453 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3454 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3456 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3458 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3459 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3461 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3462 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3463 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3464 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3465 execution.
3467 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3469 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3471 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3474 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3475 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3476 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3477 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3479 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3480 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3481 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3482 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3483 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3484 `write' commands.
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3487 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3488 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3491 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3492 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3493 semantics.
3495 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3497 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3499 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3501 STATEMENT :=
3502 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3503 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3505 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3506 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3507 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3508 | integer
3510 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3514 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3517 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3518 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3520 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3521 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3523 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3524 BREAK := (break)
3526 REPEAT :=
3527 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3528 (repeat)
3529 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3530 ;; (repeat))
3531 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3532 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3533 ;; (read REG)
3534 ;; (repeat))
3535 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3536 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3537 ;; (read REG)
3538 ;; (repeat))
3539 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3541 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3542 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3543 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3544 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3545 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3546 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3547 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3548 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3549 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3550 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3551 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3552 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3553 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3554 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3555 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3556 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3558 WRITE :=
3559 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3560 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3561 ;; representation.
3562 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3563 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3564 ;; (write r7))
3565 | (write EXPRESSION)
3566 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3567 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3568 ;; representation.
3569 | (write integer)
3570 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3571 ;; buffer.
3572 | (write string)
3573 ;; Same as: (write string)
3574 | string
3575 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3576 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3577 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3578 ;; representation.
3579 | (write REG ARRAY)
3580 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3581 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3582 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3583 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3584 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3585 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3587 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3588 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3590 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3591 END := (end)
3593 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3594 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3595 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3597 ARG := REG | integer
3599 OPERATOR :=
3600 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3601 + | - | * | / | %
3603 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3604 | & | `|' | ^
3606 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3607 | << | >>
3609 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3610 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3611 | <8
3613 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3614 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3615 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3616 | >8
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3620 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3621 | //
3623 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3624 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3626 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3627 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3628 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3629 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3630 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3631 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3632 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3633 | de-sjis
3635 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3636 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3637 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3638 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3639 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3640 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3641 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3642 ;; byte of SJIS.
3643 | en-sjis
3645 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3646 ;; Same meaning as C code
3647 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3649 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3650 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3651 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3652 | <8=
3654 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3655 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3656 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3658 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3659 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3660 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3661 | //=
3663 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3666 TRANSLATE :=
3667 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3668 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3669 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3670 LOOKUP :=
3671 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3672 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3673 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3674 MAP :=
3675 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3676 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3677 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3678 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3679 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3680 MAP-ID := integer
3682 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3684 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3686 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3687 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3688 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3689 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3690 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3691 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3693 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3695 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3696 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3697 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3699 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3701 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3703 ;;;***
3704 \f
3705 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3706 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3709 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3710 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3711 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3712 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3714 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3716 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3718 ;;;***
3719 \f
3720 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3721 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3724 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3725 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3726 There are no special keybindings by default.
3729 to the action header.
3731 \(fn)" t nil)
3733 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3734 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3735 There are no special keybindings by default.
3738 to the action header.
3740 \(fn)" t nil)
3742 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3743 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3744 on the buffer contents
3746 \(fn)" nil nil)
3748 ;;;***
3749 \f
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3754 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3755 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3756 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3758 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3760 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3761 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3762 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3764 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3766 ;;;***
3767 \f
3768 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3769 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3770 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3771 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3772 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3773 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3774 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3775 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3776 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3778 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3787 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3791 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3792 the users will view as each check is completed.
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3796 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3797 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3798 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3799 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3800 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3801 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3802 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3803 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3805 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3808 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3809 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3810 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3811 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3812 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3813 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3814 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3816 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3819 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3820 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3821 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3822 spacing are all verified.
3824 \(fn)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3828 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3829 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3830 otherwise stop after the first error.
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3835 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3836 Only documentation strings are checked.
3837 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3839 a separate buffer.
3841 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3844 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3845 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3846 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3847 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3854 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3855 if there is one.
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3864 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3866 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3868 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3869 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3870 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3872 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3875 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3876 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3877 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3878 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3880 \(fn)" t nil)
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3884 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3885 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3886 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3887 space at the end of each line.
3889 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3893 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3896 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3913 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3914 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3921 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3934 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3935 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3936 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3941 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3942 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3943 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3948 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3949 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3950 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3952 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3954 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3955 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3956 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3957 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3958 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3960 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3961 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3962 checking of documentation strings.
3966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3968 ;;;***
3969 \f
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3971 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3972 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3977 Return the length of resulting text.
3979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4002 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4010 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4013 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4014 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4015 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4016 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4017 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4018 editing and the result is evaluated.
4020 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4022 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4023 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4026 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4028 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4032 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4033 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4034 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4035 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4036 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4038 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4039 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4042 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4043 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4045 \(fn)" t nil)
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4050 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4053 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4054 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4055 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4056 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4057 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4058 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4059 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4060 of this function.
4062 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4063 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4064 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4065 property are:
4067 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4068 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4070 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4071 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4072 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4073 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4074 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4075 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4076 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4077 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4078 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4079 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4080 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4081 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4083 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4084 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4085 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4087 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4088 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4089 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4090 list elements are:
4092 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4094 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4096 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4098 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4099 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4101 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4102 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4104 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4105 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4106 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4107 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4108 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4109 value specified by their associated list element.
4111 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4113 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4114 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4115 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4117 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4118 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4119 * indent the first argument by 4.
4120 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4121 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4122 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4124 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4126 ;;;***
4127 \f
4128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20772 12071
4129 ;;;;;; 425443 833000))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4132 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4134 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4135 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4136 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4137 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4138 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4139 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4141 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4142 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4144 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4146 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4148 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4150 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4152 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4154 ;;;***
4155 \f
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4157 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4160 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4161 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4162 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4163 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4165 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4166 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4167 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4168 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4170 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4171 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4173 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4175 ;;;***
4176 \f
4177 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20774
4178 ;;;;;; 53405 584723 417000))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4181 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4182 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4183 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4184 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4185 of `scheme-program-name').
4186 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4187 it is given as initial input.
4188 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4189 discards input when it starts up.
4190 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4191 is run).
4194 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20721 17977
4199 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
4200 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4202 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4203 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4207 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4208 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4210 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4211 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4212 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4214 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4216 ;;;***
4217 \f
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4219 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4220 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4221 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4224 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4225 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4226 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4227 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4228 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4229 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4230 functions have already modified the buffer.
4232 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4234 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4235 either globally or locally.")
4237 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4238 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4239 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4240 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4242 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4243 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4244 `start-file-process'
4245 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4246 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4247 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4249 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4250 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4252 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4254 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4256 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4258 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4259 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4260 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4261 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4262 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4263 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4264 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4265 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4266 process as its initial input.
4268 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4270 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4272 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4274 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4275 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4276 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4277 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4278 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4279 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4281 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4283 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4284 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4285 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4286 directory tracking functions.")
4288 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4289 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4290 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4292 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4294 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to current process.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4312 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4313 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4314 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4316 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4318 ;;;***
4319 \f
4320 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4321 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
4322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4324 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4325 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4326 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4327 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4329 This command pushes the mark in each window
4330 at the prior location of point in that window.
4331 If both windows display the same buffer,
4332 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4333 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4335 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4336 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4337 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4338 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4339 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4340 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4341 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4342 ignored.
4344 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4345 this command work in interlaced mode:
4346 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4347 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4348 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4350 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4355 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4356 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4357 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4358 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20763
4359 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4362 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4363 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4367 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4368 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4369 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4373 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4374 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4375 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4377 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4379 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4380 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4381 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4382 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4383 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4385 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4386 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4387 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4388 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4392 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4394 describing how the process finished.")
4396 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4397 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4398 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4399 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4400 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4402 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4404 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4408 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4409 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4410 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4411 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4413 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4415 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4416 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4418 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4419 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4421 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4422 (lambda ()
4425 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4427 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4429 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4430 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4432 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4433 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4434 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4435 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4437 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4439 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4440 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4441 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4442 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4445 and move to the source code that caused it.
4447 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4448 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4450 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4451 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4452 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4453 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4454 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4456 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4457 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4459 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4461 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4462 kills its subprocesses.
4464 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4465 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4466 to a function that generates a unique name.
4468 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4470 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4471 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4472 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4473 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4475 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4476 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4478 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4479 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4480 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4481 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4483 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4484 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4485 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4487 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4489 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4491 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4492 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4497 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4501 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4503 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4505 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4506 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4508 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4509 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4511 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4512 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4513 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4514 See `compilation-mode'.
4516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4518 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4519 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4520 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4521 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4522 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4524 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4525 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4526 `compilation-mode'.
4528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4530 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4531 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4532 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4534 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4536 ;;;***
4537 \f
4538 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4539 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4540 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4542 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4543 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4544 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4547 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4549 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4551 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4552 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4554 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4555 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4559 ;;;***
4560 \f
4561 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4562 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4563 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4564 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4567 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4568 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4569 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4570 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4571 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4572 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4573 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4575 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4576 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4577 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4579 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4580 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4581 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4583 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4584 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4585 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4586 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4588 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4589 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4590 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4591 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4592 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4593 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4594 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4598 \(fn)" t nil)
4600 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4602 Comments start with `#'.
4603 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4607 \[Desktop Entry]
4608 Encoding=UTF-8
4609 Name=The GIMP
4610 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4611 Name[cs]=GIMP
4613 \(fn)" t nil)
4615 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4616 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4617 Comments start with `;'.
4618 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4622 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4623 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4624 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4626 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4627 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4632 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4633 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4634 between `/*' and `*/'.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4638 // another kind of comment
4639 /* yet another */
4641 name:value
4642 name=value
4643 name value
4644 x.1 =
4645 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4646 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4650 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4653 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4654 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4655 `conf-space-keywords'.
4656 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4657 in an interactive fashion instead.
4659 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4663 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4664 image/png png
4665 image/tiff tiff tif
4667 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4668 class desktop
4669 # Standard multimedia devices
4670 add /dev/audio desktop
4671 add /dev/mixer desktop
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4675 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4676 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4677 See `conf-space-mode'.
4679 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4681 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4682 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4684 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4693 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4694 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4696 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4700 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4703 \(fn)" t nil)
4705 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4706 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4708 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4712 *background: gray99
4713 *foreground: black
4715 \(fn)" t nil)
4717 ;;;***
4718 \f
4719 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4720 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4723 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4724 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4725 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4726 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4728 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4730 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4731 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4732 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4733 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4735 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4737 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4738 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4739 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4740 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4742 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4744 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4745 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4747 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4749 ;;;***
4750 \f
4751 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4752 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20709
4753 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4755 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4756 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4757 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4759 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4760 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4761 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4762 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4763 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4764 following the copyright are updated as well.
4765 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4766 interactively.
4768 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4770 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4771 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4772 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4773 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4774 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4776 \(fn)" t nil)
4778 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4779 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4781 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4783 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4784 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4785 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4787 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4789 ;;;***
4790 \f
4791 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4792 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20763 30266 231060
4793 ;;;;;; 0))
4794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4795 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4796 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4797 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4798 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4799 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4800 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4801 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4803 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4804 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4805 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4806 Tab indents for Perl code.
4807 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4808 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4810 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4811 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4812 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4816 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4817 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4818 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4819 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4820 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4823 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4825 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4826 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4828 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4830 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4831 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4832 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4834 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4835 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4838 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4842 bite if angry;
4844 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4845 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4846 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4847 to nil.)
4850 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4851 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4853 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4855 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4856 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4857 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4859 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4863 if (A) { B }
4865 into
4867 B if A;
4871 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4872 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4873 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4874 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4875 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4876 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4877 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4878 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4879 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4880 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4881 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4882 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4885 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4887 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4888 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4889 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4890 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4892 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4894 man via menu.
4896 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4897 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4898 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4899 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4903 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4904 span the needed amount of lines.
4906 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4907 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4908 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4909 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4911 Variables controlling indentation style:
4912 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4913 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4914 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4915 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4916 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4917 `cperl-auto-newline'
4918 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4919 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4921 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4922 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4923 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4924 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4925 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4926 `cperl-indent-level'
4927 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4928 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4929 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4930 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4931 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4932 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4933 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4934 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4935 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4936 `cperl-brace-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4938 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4939 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4940 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4941 `cperl-label-offset'
4942 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4943 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4944 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4946 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4947 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4948 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4949 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4950 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4951 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4953 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4956 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4958 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4959 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4960 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4961 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4963 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4964 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4966 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4967 column 0 is indented on
4968 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4970 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4971 with no args.
4973 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4974 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4975 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4982 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4984 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4985 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4989 ;;;***
4990 \f
4991 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4992 ;;;;;; (20762 9398 526093 0))
4993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4995 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4996 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4997 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4998 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4999 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5001 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5003 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5004 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5006 \(fn)" t nil)
5008 ;;;***
5009 \f
5010 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5011 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5014 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5015 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5016 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5017 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5020 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5022 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5024 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5025 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5027 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5028 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5032 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5034 ;;;***
5035 \f
5036 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5037 ;;;;;; (20718 41783 713368 0))
5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5040 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5041 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5042 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5043 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5045 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5046 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5048 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5050 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5051 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5052 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5054 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5055 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5056 'bob', and 'eve'.
5058 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5059 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5060 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5062 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5064 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5065 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5066 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5068 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5070 ;;;***
5071 \f
5072 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20709
5073 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5074 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5076 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5077 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5079 \(fn)" t nil)
5081 ;;;***
5082 \f
5083 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5084 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5087 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5088 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5089 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5092 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5094 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5096 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5097 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5098 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5099 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5100 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5102 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5103 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5104 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5105 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5106 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5107 normal function of these prefix keys.
5109 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5110 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5111 options:
5112 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5113 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5114 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5116 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5117 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5118 the prefix fallback behavior.
5120 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5121 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5122 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5123 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5127 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5128 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5132 ;;;***
5133 \f
5134 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5135 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5136 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5137 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5138 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5139 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5140 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5141 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5142 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5143 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5144 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
5145 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5147 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5148 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5150 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5152 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5153 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5155 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5157 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5158 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5162 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5163 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5165 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5166 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5168 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5169 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5171 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5173 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5175 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5176 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5177 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5179 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5180 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5182 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5183 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5185 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5186 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5188 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5190 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5192 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5193 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5194 Return VALUE.
5196 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5197 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5199 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5200 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5202 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5203 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5205 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5207 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5209 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5210 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5211 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5212 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5214 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5215 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5216 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5218 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5220 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5221 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5223 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5224 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5226 \(fn)" t nil)
5228 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5230 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5231 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5233 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5235 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5236 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5237 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5239 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5241 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5242 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5244 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5246 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5248 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5251 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5253 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5255 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5257 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5259 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5261 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5262 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5263 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5264 as part of Emacs itself.
5266 Each elements looks like this:
5268 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5270 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5271 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5272 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5273 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5274 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5275 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5276 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5277 and `defface'.
5279 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5281 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5287 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5288 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5289 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5290 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5292 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5294 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5295 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5296 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5297 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5298 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5299 release.
5301 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5302 that were added or redefined since that version.
5304 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5306 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5308 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5309 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5311 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5313 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5314 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5316 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5318 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5319 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5320 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5322 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5323 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5325 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5327 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5330 \(fn)" t nil)
5332 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5333 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5335 \(fn)" t nil)
5337 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all saved options and faces.
5340 \(fn)" t nil)
5342 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5344 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5345 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5346 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5347 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5349 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5350 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5351 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5353 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5358 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5363 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5365 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5366 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5368 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5370 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5371 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5372 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5373 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5374 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5375 that option.
5377 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5379 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5380 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5381 The result includes selecting that window.
5382 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5383 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5384 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5385 that option.
5387 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5389 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5390 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5392 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5394 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5395 File used for storing customization information.
5396 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5397 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5398 it should be an absolute file name.
5400 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5401 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5402 something like the following in your init file:
5405 \(load custom-file)
5407 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5408 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5410 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5411 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5412 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5413 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5414 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5416 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5417 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5418 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5419 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5420 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5421 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5423 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5424 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5425 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5427 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5429 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5430 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5432 \(fn)" nil nil)
5434 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5435 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5437 \(fn)" t nil)
5439 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5440 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5441 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5443 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5445 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5446 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5447 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5448 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5449 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5451 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5453 ;;;***
5454 \f
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5456 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20709
5457 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5460 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5461 Create or edit a custom theme.
5462 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5463 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5464 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5465 from the Custom save file.
5466 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5467 named *Custom Theme*.
5469 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5471 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5472 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5474 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5476 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5477 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5479 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5481 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5482 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5483 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5484 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5486 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5488 ;;;***
5489 \f
5490 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5491 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5492 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5494 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5495 Mode used for cvs status output.
5497 \(fn)" t nil)
5499 ;;;***
5500 \f
5501 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5502 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5505 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5506 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5508 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5510 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5511 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5512 C++ modes are included.
5514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5515 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5516 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5520 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5522 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5523 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5524 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5526 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5527 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5529 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5531 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5532 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5533 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5534 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5535 ARG is omitted or nil.
5537 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5538 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5539 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5543 ;;;***
5544 \f
5545 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5546 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5547 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5548 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5550 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5551 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5553 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5555 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5556 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5558 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5560 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5561 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5562 For readability, the table is slightly
5563 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5565 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5566 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5567 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5568 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5569 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5571 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5573 ;;;***
5574 \f
5575 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5576 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5577 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5578 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5579 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5580 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5581 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5583 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5584 Completion on current word.
5586 and presents suggestions for completion.
5588 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5589 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5590 completions.
5593 then it searches *all* buffers.
5595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5597 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5600 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5601 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5602 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5603 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5604 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5606 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5607 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5609 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5610 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5611 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5613 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5614 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5618 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5620 ;;;***
5621 \f
5622 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5623 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5624 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5626 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5627 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5629 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5631 ;;;***
5632 \f
5633 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20709
5634 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5637 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5638 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5639 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5640 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5641 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5643 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5645 ;;;***
5646 \f
5647 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763
5648 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
5649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5651 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5652 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5654 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5655 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5656 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5658 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5659 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5660 Data lines are not indented.
5662 Key bindings:
5665 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5672 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5674 dcl-basic-offset
5675 Extra indentation within blocks.
5677 dcl-continuation-offset
5678 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5680 dcl-margin-offset
5681 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5683 dcl-margin-label-offset
5684 Indentation for a label.
5686 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5687 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5689 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5690 dcl-block-end-regexp
5691 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5692 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5693 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5694 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5695 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5697 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5698 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5699 Two such functions are included in the package:
5700 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5701 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5703 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5704 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5705 One such function is included in the package:
5706 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5708 dcl-tab-always-indent
5709 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5710 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5711 margin.
5713 dcl-electric-characters
5714 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5715 typed.
5717 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5718 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5719 which words trigger electric indentation.
5721 dcl-tempo-comma
5722 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5723 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5724 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5726 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5727 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5728 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5729 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5731 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5732 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5733 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5734 dcl-imenu-label-call
5735 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5737 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5738 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5739 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5740 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5743 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5745 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5746 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5747 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5748 $ i = 1
5749 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5750 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5751 $ label:
5752 $ if i.eq.1
5753 $ then
5754 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5755 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5756 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5757 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5760 $ type sys$input
5761 Data lines are not indented at all.
5762 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5763 $ endif
5764 $
5767 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5768 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5770 \(fn)" t nil)
5772 ;;;***
5773 \f
5774 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5775 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5778 (setq debugger 'debug)
5780 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5782 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5783 of the evaluator.
5785 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5786 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5787 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5789 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5791 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5792 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5794 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5796 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5797 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5798 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5799 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5800 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5801 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5804 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5806 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5808 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5810 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5811 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5812 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5814 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5816 ;;;***
5817 \f
5818 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5819 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
5820 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5822 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5823 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5825 \(fn)" t nil)
5827 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5828 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5829 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5830 Upper-case letters are commands.
5832 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5833 modify it.
5835 The most useful commands are:
5839 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5843 \(fn)" t nil)
5845 ;;;***
5846 \f
5847 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5848 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709
5849 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5850 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5852 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5853 Customization of `columns' group.
5855 \(fn)" t nil)
5857 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5858 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5860 START and END delimits the text region.
5862 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5865 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5867 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5869 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5871 ;;;***
5872 \f
5873 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709
5874 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5877 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5879 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5880 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5881 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5884 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5886 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5888 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5889 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5891 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5892 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5894 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5895 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5896 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5897 any selection.
5899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5904 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5907 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5908 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5910 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5912 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5913 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5914 or nil if there is no parent.
5916 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5917 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5918 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5919 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5921 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5922 arguments are currently understood:
5923 :group GROUP
5924 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5925 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5926 :syntax-table TABLE
5927 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5928 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5929 :abbrev-table TABLE
5930 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5931 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5933 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5937 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5938 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5939 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5941 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5942 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5946 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5948 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5949 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5951 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5952 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5954 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5956 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5958 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5960 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5961 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5962 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5963 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5964 the first time the mode is used.
5966 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5968 ;;;***
5969 \f
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5971 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
5972 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5974 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5975 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5976 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5977 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5978 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5979 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5980 otherwise.
5982 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5984 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5985 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5986 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5987 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5989 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5990 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5991 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5993 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5994 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5995 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5996 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5997 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5998 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5999 relevant to POS.
6001 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6003 ;;;***
6004 \f
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6006 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6007 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6008 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6009 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6011 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6012 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6013 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6015 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6017 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6018 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6020 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6021 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6023 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6024 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6025 `desktop-read' for details.
6027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6029 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6030 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6031 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6032 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6034 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6036 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6037 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6038 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6040 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6041 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6042 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6044 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6047 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6048 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6049 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6051 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6052 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6053 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6054 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6056 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6058 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6059 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6061 Handlers are called with argument list
6063 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6065 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6067 desktop-file-version
6068 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6069 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6070 desktop-buffer-point
6071 desktop-buffer-mark
6072 desktop-buffer-read-only
6073 desktop-buffer-locals
6075 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6076 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6078 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6079 code like
6081 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6082 ...
6083 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6084 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6086 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6088 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6090 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6091 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6092 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6093 List elements must have the form
6095 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6097 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6098 function.
6100 Handlers are called with argument list
6102 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6104 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6106 desktop-file-version
6107 desktop-buffer-file-name
6108 desktop-buffer-name
6109 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6110 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6111 desktop-buffer-point
6112 desktop-buffer-mark
6113 desktop-buffer-read-only
6114 desktop-buffer-misc
6116 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6117 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6118 created and set.
6120 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6121 code like
6123 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6124 ...
6125 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6126 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6128 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6130 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6132 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6134 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6135 Empty the Desktop.
6136 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6137 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6138 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6140 \(fn)" t nil)
6142 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6143 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6144 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6145 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6146 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6148 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6150 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6151 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6152 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6154 \(fn)" t nil)
6156 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6157 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6158 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6159 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6160 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6161 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6162 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6163 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6165 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6167 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6168 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6169 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6171 \(fn)" nil nil)
6173 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6175 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6176 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6177 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6178 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6179 directory DIRNAME.
6181 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6183 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6184 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6186 \(fn)" t nil)
6188 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6189 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6191 \(fn)" t nil)
6193 ;;;***
6194 \f
6195 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6196 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6197 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6200 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6201 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6202 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6203 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6204 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6205 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6207 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6209 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6210 Repair a broken attribution line.
6211 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6213 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6215 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6216 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6217 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6218 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6220 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6222 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6223 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6225 \(fn)" t nil)
6227 ;;;***
6228 \f
6229 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6230 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6231 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6233 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6234 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6235 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6236 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6237 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6242 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6243 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6244 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6246 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6247 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6248 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6249 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6251 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6252 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6254 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6256 calendar-date-style 'european
6259 \(diary-mail-entries)
6261 # diary-rem.el ends here
6263 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6265 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6266 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6268 \(fn)" t nil)
6270 ;;;***
6271 \f
6272 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6273 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6274 ;;;;;; (20760 54070 584283 0))
6275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6277 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6278 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6280 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6282 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6283 The command to use to run diff.")
6285 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6287 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6288 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6289 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6290 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6291 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6292 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6294 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6295 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6296 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6298 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6300 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6301 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6302 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6303 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6304 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6305 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6307 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6309 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6310 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6312 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6314 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6315 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6316 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6318 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6320 ;;;***
6321 \f
6322 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6323 ;;;;;; (20784 36406 653593 0))
6324 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6326 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6327 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6328 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6329 normal diffs.
6331 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6332 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6333 headers for you on-the-fly.
6341 \(fn)" t nil)
6343 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6344 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6346 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6347 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6353 ;;;***
6354 \f
6355 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6358 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6359 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6360 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6362 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6364 ;;;***
6365 \f
6366 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-hide-details-mode dired-mode dired-noselect
6367 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-listing-switches)
6368 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
6369 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6371 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6372 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6373 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6374 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6375 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6376 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6377 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6378 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6380 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6382 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6383 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6384 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6385 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6386 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6387 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6389 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6391 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6392 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6393 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6394 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6395 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6396 list of files to make directory entries for.
6401 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6403 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6404 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6406 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6409 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6410 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6412 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6415 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6417 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6418 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6420 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6422 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6425 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6428 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6431 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6433 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6436 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6437 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6438 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6439 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6441 to see why something went wrong.
6446 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6453 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6454 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6457 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6459 again for the directory tree.
6462 for more info):
6464 `dired-listing-switches'
6465 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6466 `dired-marker-char'
6467 `dired-del-marker'
6468 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6469 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6470 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6471 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6475 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6476 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6477 `dired-mode-hook'
6478 `dired-load-hook'
6480 Keybindings:
6483 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6484 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6486 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6487 Hide details in `dired-mode'.
6489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6491 ;;;***
6492 \f
6493 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6494 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
6495 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6497 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6498 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6500 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6501 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6503 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6504 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6505 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6507 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6508 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6509 directory.
6511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6513 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6514 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6515 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6516 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6517 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6518 from `default-directory'.
6520 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6522 ;;;***
6523 \f
6524 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709
6525 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6528 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6529 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6530 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6531 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6532 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6533 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6535 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6537 ;;;***
6538 \f
6539 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6540 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6541 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6542 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6543 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6544 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6545 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6547 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6548 Return a new, empty display table.
6550 \(fn)" nil nil)
6552 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6553 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6554 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6555 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6556 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6558 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6560 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6561 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6562 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6563 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6564 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6566 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6568 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6569 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6571 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6573 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6574 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6576 \(fn)" t nil)
6578 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6579 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6581 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6582 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6584 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6585 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6586 byte.
6588 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6589 in the default way after this call.
6591 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6593 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6594 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6596 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6599 Display character C using printable string S.
6601 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6604 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6605 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6606 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6608 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6610 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6611 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6612 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6613 X frame.
6615 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6617 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6618 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6620 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6622 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6623 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6625 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6627 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6628 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6630 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6632 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6633 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6635 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6637 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6638 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6640 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6642 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6643 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6645 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6646 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6648 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6649 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6651 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6652 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6653 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6654 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6656 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6657 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6658 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6659 in `.emacs'.
6661 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6663 ;;;***
6664 \f
6665 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6666 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
6667 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6669 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6670 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6671 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6672 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6673 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6674 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6675 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6676 Default is 2.
6678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6680 ;;;***
6681 \f
6682 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818
6683 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6686 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6687 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6688 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6689 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6690 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6691 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6692 private or ask).
6693 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6694 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6695 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6696 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6697 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6699 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6701 ;;;***
6702 \f
6703 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6704 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6707 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6708 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6709 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6710 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6711 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6712 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6713 table and its own syntax table.
6715 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6717 \(fn)" t nil)
6718 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6720 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6721 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6723 \(fn)" t nil)
6725 ;;;***
6726 \f
6727 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6728 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20783
6729 ;;;;;; 15545 430927 0))
6730 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6732 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6733 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6734 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6735 OpenDocument format).
6737 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6739 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6740 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6742 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6743 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6746 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6749 \(fn)" t nil)
6751 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6752 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6753 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6754 to the next best mode.
6756 \(fn)" nil nil)
6758 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6759 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6764 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6768 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6771 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6773 ;;;***
6774 \f
6775 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818
6776 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6779 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6780 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6782 \(fn)" t nil)
6784 ;;;***
6785 \f
6786 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20709 26818
6787 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6790 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6791 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6792 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6793 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6794 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6796 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6797 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6801 ;;;***
6802 \f
6803 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20709 26818
6804 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6805 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6807 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6808 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6810 \(fn)" t nil)
6812 ;;;***
6813 \f
6814 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6815 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6816 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20780 39352 990623 0))
6817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6819 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6821 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6822 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6823 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6824 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6825 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6827 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6828 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6829 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6830 and disables it otherwise.
6832 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6833 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6834 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6835 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6837 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6838 documenting what its argument does.
6840 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6841 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6842 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6843 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6844 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6845 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6846 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6847 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6849 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6850 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6851 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6852 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6853 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6854 mode is global):
6856 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6858 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6859 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6860 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6861 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6862 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6863 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6864 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6865 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6866 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6867 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6868 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6869 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6870 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6871 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6872 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6873 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6874 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6875 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6876 in :variable).
6878 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6879 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6881 For example, you could write
6884 ...BODY CODE...)
6886 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6888 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6890 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6892 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6894 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6895 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6896 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6897 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6898 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6899 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6900 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6901 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6902 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6903 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6904 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6905 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6907 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6908 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6909 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6910 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6911 call another major mode in their body.
6913 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6914 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6915 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6917 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6919 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6921 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6922 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6923 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6924 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6925 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6926 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6927 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6929 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6931 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6932 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6933 :inherit Parent keymap.
6934 :group Ignored.
6935 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6936 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6938 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6940 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6941 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6942 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6943 the constant's documentation.
6945 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6947 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6948 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6949 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6951 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6953 ;;;***
6954 \f
6955 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6956 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6957 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
6958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6960 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6961 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6962 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6963 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6965 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6966 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6967 as a top-level menu bar item.
6969 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6970 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6971 pairs:
6973 :filter FUNCTION
6974 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6975 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6976 items to actually display.
6978 :visible INCLUDE
6979 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6980 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6981 alias for `:visible'.
6983 :active ENABLE
6984 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6985 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6986 an alias for `:active'.
6988 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6989 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6991 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6993 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6995 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6996 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6998 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6999 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7001 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7003 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7005 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7006 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7008 :keys KEYS
7009 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7010 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7011 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7012 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7014 :key-sequence KEYS
7015 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7016 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7017 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7018 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7020 :active ENABLE
7021 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7022 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7023 alias for `:active'.
7025 :visible INCLUDE
7026 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7027 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7028 `:visible'.
7030 :label FORM
7031 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7032 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7034 :suffix FORM
7035 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7036 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7038 :style STYLE
7039 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7040 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7041 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7043 :selected SELECTED
7044 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7045 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7047 :help HELP
7048 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7050 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7051 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7052 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7054 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7055 MENU. This is a submenu.
7057 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7059 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7061 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7064 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7067 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7068 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7069 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7071 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7073 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7074 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7075 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7076 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7077 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7078 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7080 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7081 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7082 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7084 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7085 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7086 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7088 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7089 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7091 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7093 ;;;***
7094 \f
7095 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7096 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7097 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7098 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7099 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7100 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7101 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7102 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7105 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7106 Customization for ebnf group.
7108 \(fn)" t nil)
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7113 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7115 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7116 processed.
7118 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7120 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7122 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7123 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7125 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7126 killed after process termination.
7128 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7130 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7135 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7136 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7137 it to the printer.
7139 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7140 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7141 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7142 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7144 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7148 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7150 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7152 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7153 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7155 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7157 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7158 processed.
7160 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7162 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7164 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7165 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7167 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7168 killed after process termination.
7170 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7172 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7176 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7177 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7179 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7181 \(fn)" t nil)
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7185 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7187 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7189 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7194 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7196 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7197 processed.
7199 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7201 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7203 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7204 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7206 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7207 killed after EPS generation.
7209 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7211 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7216 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7217 The EPS file name has the following form:
7219 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7221 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7224 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7225 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7226 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7230 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7231 files.
7233 \(fn)" t nil)
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7238 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7239 The EPS file name has the following form:
7241 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7243 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7246 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7247 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7248 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7252 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7253 files.
7255 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7257 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7262 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7264 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7265 are processed.
7267 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7269 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7274 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7275 killed after syntax checking.
7277 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7279 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7284 \(fn)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7289 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7294 \(fn)" nil nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7299 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7301 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7303 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7304 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7306 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7308 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Delete style NAME.
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7315 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7322 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Set STYLE as the current style.
7327 Returns the old style symbol.
7329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7331 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Reset current style.
7336 Returns the old style symbol.
7338 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7340 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7345 Returns the old style symbol.
7347 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7349 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7351 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7353 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7354 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7356 Returns the old style symbol.
7358 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7360 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7364 ;;;***
7365 \f
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7367 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7368 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7369 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7370 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7371 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7372 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7373 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7374 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7375 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7376 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20709
7377 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7381 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7382 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7383 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7384 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7387 Tree mode key bindings:
7390 \(fn)" t nil)
7392 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7393 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7398 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7403 View declaration of member at point.
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7408 Find declaration of member at point.
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7413 View definition of member at point.
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7418 Find definition of member at point.
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7423 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7428 View definition of member at point in other window.
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7433 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7438 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7443 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7445 \(fn)" t nil)
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7448 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7450 \(fn)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7453 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7454 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7455 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7456 completion.
7458 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7461 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7462 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7463 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7465 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7468 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7469 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7470 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7472 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7475 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7476 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7478 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7481 Search for call sites of a member.
7482 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7483 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7484 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7485 looks like a function call to the member.
7487 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7490 Move backward in the position stack.
7491 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7496 Move forward in the position stack.
7497 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7502 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7507 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7512 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7513 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7514 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7516 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7519 Display statistics for a class tree.
7521 \(fn)" t nil)
7523 ;;;***
7524 \f
7525 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7526 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7529 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7531 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7533 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7534 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7535 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7537 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7540 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7541 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7542 also has this effect.
7544 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7556 ;;;***
7557 \f
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7559 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7562 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7563 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7564 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7566 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7568 ;;;***
7569 \f
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7571 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7574 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7577 \(fn)" nil nil)
7579 ;;;***
7580 \f
7581 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20748 62911
7582 ;;;;;; 684442 0))
7583 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7585 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7586 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7587 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7590 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7592 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7594 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7595 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7600 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7601 an EDE controlled project.
7603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7605 ;;;***
7606 \f
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7608 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7609 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7612 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7613 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7614 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7615 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7616 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7618 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7619 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7620 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7621 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7623 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7625 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7626 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7627 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7628 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7630 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7632 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7633 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7634 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7635 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7637 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7639 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7641 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7642 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7643 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7644 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7645 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7647 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7648 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7649 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7650 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7651 instrumented for Edebug.
7653 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7654 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7655 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7656 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7657 already is one.)
7659 \(fn)" t nil)
7661 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7662 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7664 \(fn)" t nil)
7666 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7667 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7669 \(fn)" t nil)
7671 ;;;***
7672 \f
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7674 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7675 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7676 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7677 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7678 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7679 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7680 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7681 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7682 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20709 26818
7683 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7684 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7686 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7687 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7689 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7691 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7694 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7698 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7700 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7701 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7702 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7703 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7705 \(fn)" t nil)
7707 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7708 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7709 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7710 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7712 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7714 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7717 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7724 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7726 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7728 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7730 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7731 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7733 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7735 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7737 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7738 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7739 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7740 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7742 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7744 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7746 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7747 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7748 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7749 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7751 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7753 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7755 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7756 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7757 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7758 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7760 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7762 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7764 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7765 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7766 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7767 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7768 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7769 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7771 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7773 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7775 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7776 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7778 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7780 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7782 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7783 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7784 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7785 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7787 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7789 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7791 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7793 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7794 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7795 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7796 follows:
7797 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7798 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7800 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7803 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7804 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7805 follows:
7806 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7807 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7809 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7811 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7812 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7813 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7814 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7815 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7817 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7821 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7822 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7823 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7824 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7826 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7828 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7830 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7831 Merge two files without ancestor.
7833 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7835 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7836 Merge two files with ancestor.
7838 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7840 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7843 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7845 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7848 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7850 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7852 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7853 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7854 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7855 buffer.
7857 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7861 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7862 buffer.
7864 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7866 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7867 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7868 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7869 and don't ask the user.
7870 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7871 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7873 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7876 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7877 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7878 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7879 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7880 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7881 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7882 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7884 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7886 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7888 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7890 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7891 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7892 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7893 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7894 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7896 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7898 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7900 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7901 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7902 When called interactively, displays the version.
7904 \(fn)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7907 Display Ediff's manual.
7908 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7910 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7912 ;;;***
7913 \f
7914 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7915 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7918 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7921 \(fn)" t nil)
7923 ;;;***
7924 \f
7925 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7926 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7927 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7929 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7930 Display Ediff's registry.
7932 \(fn)" t nil)
7934 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7936 ;;;***
7937 \f
7938 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7939 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20777 63161 848428 0))
7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7942 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7943 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7944 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7945 which see.
7947 \(fn)" t nil)
7949 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7950 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7951 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7952 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7954 \(fn)" t nil)
7956 ;;;***
7957 \f
7958 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7959 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7960 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
7961 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7963 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7964 Edit a keyboard macro.
7965 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7966 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7967 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7968 its command name.
7969 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7971 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7973 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7974 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7976 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7978 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7979 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7981 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7983 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7984 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7986 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7990 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7991 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7992 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7993 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7995 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7997 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7998 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7999 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8000 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8001 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8002 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8004 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8006 ;;;***
8007 \f
8008 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8009 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8012 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8013 Set scroll margins.
8014 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8015 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8017 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8019 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8020 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8022 \(fn)" t nil)
8024 ;;;***
8025 \f
8026 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8027 ;;;;;; (20762 9398 526093 0))
8028 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8030 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8032 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8033 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8034 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8035 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8036 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8038 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8039 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8042 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8043 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8044 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8046 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8047 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8048 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8050 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8051 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8052 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8054 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8056 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8059 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8061 ;;;***
8062 \f
8063 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8064 ;;;;;; (20771 24374 643644 0))
8065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8067 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8068 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8069 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8071 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8073 ;;;***
8074 \f
8075 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8076 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8077 ;;;;;; (20771 24374 643644 0))
8078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8080 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8081 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8082 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8083 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8085 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8086 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8088 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8089 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8090 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8091 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8093 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8095 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8096 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8097 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8099 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8100 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8102 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8103 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8104 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8106 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8108 ;;;***
8109 \f
8110 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8111 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20770 3512 176098 0))
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8114 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8115 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8117 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8119 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8120 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8122 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8123 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8125 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8126 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8127 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8128 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8129 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8130 expression point is on.
8132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8134 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8135 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8137 \(fn)" t nil)
8139 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8140 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8141 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8142 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8143 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8144 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8145 arg list.
8147 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8148 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8149 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8150 effect.
8152 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8153 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8155 ;;;***
8156 \f
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8158 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8161 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8162 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8164 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8165 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8166 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8169 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8171 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8173 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8174 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8175 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8176 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8177 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8179 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8180 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8181 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8185 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8186 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8187 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8189 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8190 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8192 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8194 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8195 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8197 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8200 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8201 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8202 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8204 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8208 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8209 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8210 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8213 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8215 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8217 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8218 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8222 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8226 ;;;***
8227 \f
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709
8229 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8232 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8233 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8235 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8236 an elided material again.
8238 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8242 ;;;***
8243 \f
8244 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8245 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8246 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8249 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8250 Lint the file FILE.
8252 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8254 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8255 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8256 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8258 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8260 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8261 Lint the current buffer.
8262 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8267 Lint the function at point.
8268 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8270 \(fn)" t nil)
8272 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8273 Initialize elint.
8274 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8275 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8277 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8279 ;;;***
8280 \f
8281 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8282 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709
8283 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8286 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8287 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8288 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8290 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8292 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8293 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8294 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8295 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8297 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8299 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8300 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8301 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8305 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8307 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8308 Display current profiling results.
8309 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8310 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8311 displayed.
8313 \(fn)" t nil)
8315 ;;;***
8316 \f
8317 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8318 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8321 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8322 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8323 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8324 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8325 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8326 ARG is omitted or nil.
8328 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8329 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8330 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8331 used instead.
8333 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8335 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8336 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8337 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8339 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8343 ;;;***
8344 \f
8345 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8346 ;;;;;; (20759 33211 414988 0))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8349 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8350 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8351 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8353 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8355 ;;;***
8356 \f
8357 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8358 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8359 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8360 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8361 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8364 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8365 Run Emerge on two files.
8367 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8369 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8370 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8372 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8374 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8375 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8377 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8379 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8380 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8382 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8384 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8387 \(fn)" nil nil)
8389 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8392 \(fn)" nil nil)
8394 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8397 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8399 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8402 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8404 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8405 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8407 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8409 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8410 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8412 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8414 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8417 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8419 ;;;***
8420 \f
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8422 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8425 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8426 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8427 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8428 text/enriched format.
8430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8431 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8432 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8434 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8436 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8437 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8439 Commands:
8443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8448 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8450 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8453 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8455 ;;;***
8456 \f
8457 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8458 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8459 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8460 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8461 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8462 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20762
8463 ;;;;;; 9398 526093 0))
8464 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8466 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8467 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8469 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8472 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8474 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8476 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8477 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8478 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8479 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8480 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8481 the keys are listed.
8482 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8484 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8486 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8487 Decrypt FILE.
8489 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8492 Verify FILE.
8494 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8497 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8499 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8502 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8504 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8506 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8507 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8509 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8510 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8511 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8512 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8514 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8515 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8516 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8517 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8518 should consider using the string based counterpart
8519 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8520 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8522 For example:
8524 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8525 (decode-coding-string
8526 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8527 'utf-8))
8529 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8531 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8532 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8534 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8535 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8537 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8540 Verify the current region between START and END.
8542 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8543 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8544 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8545 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8546 should consider using the string based counterpart
8547 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8548 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8550 For example:
8552 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8553 (decode-coding-string
8554 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8555 'utf-8))
8557 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8560 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8561 between START and END.
8563 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8564 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8569 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8571 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8572 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8573 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8574 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8575 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8576 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8578 For example:
8580 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8581 (epg-sign-string
8582 context
8583 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8585 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8587 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8588 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8590 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8591 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8592 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8593 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8594 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8595 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8597 For example:
8599 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8600 (epg-encrypt-string
8601 context
8602 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8603 nil))
8605 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8607 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8608 Delete selected KEYS.
8610 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8612 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8613 Import keys from FILE.
8615 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8618 Import keys from the region.
8620 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8622 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8623 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8624 between START and END.
8626 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8628 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8629 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8631 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8633 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8634 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8636 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8641 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818
8642 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8643 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8645 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8646 Decrypt marked files.
8648 \(fn)" t nil)
8650 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8651 Verify marked files.
8653 \(fn)" t nil)
8655 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8656 Sign marked files.
8658 \(fn)" t nil)
8660 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8661 Encrypt marked files.
8663 \(fn)" t nil)
8665 ;;;***
8666 \f
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8668 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8671 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8674 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8676 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8679 \(fn)" t nil)
8681 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8684 \(fn)" t nil)
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8689 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8690 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8693 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8694 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8696 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8697 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8701 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8702 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8703 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8705 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8707 \(fn)" t nil)
8709 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8710 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8711 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8713 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8715 \(fn)" t nil)
8717 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8718 Sign the current buffer.
8719 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8721 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8723 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8725 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8726 Encrypt the current buffer.
8727 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8729 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8731 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8733 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8734 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8735 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8737 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8739 \(fn)" t nil)
8741 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8742 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8743 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8746 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8748 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8750 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8751 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8752 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8753 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8754 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8758 ;;;***
8759 \f
8760 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20712 3008 596088
8761 ;;;;;; 0))
8762 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8764 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8765 Return a context object.
8767 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8769 ;;;***
8770 \f
8771 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8772 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8775 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8776 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8778 \(fn)" nil nil)
8780 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8781 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8783 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8785 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8786 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8788 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8790 ;;;***
8791 \f
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8793 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8796 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8797 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8799 \(fn)" nil nil)
8801 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8802 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8803 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8805 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8807 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8808 (server (erc-compute-server))
8809 (port (erc-compute-port))
8810 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8811 password
8812 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8814 That is, if called with
8818 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8819 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8820 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8822 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8824 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8826 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8827 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8828 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8830 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8832 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8833 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8834 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8835 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8837 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8839 ;;;***
8840 \f
8841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8842 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8843 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8844 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8846 ;;;***
8847 \f
8848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20709 26818
8849 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8851 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8853 ;;;***
8854 \f
8855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8856 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8858 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8863 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8865 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8867 ;;;***
8868 \f
8869 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8870 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8872 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8874 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8875 Parser for /dcc command.
8876 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8878 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8880 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8882 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8883 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8885 \(fn)" nil nil)
8887 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8888 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8890 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8891 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8892 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8893 that subcommand.
8895 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8900 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8904 ;;;***
8905 \f
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8907 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8908 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8909 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8910 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8913 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8914 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8916 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8918 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8919 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8920 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8921 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8923 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8933 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8938 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8941 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8943 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8946 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8948 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8950 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8953 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8958 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8961 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8963 \(fn)" nil nil)
8965 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8966 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8968 \(fn)" nil nil)
8970 ;;;***
8971 \f
8972 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709
8973 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8975 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8977 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8978 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8979 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8981 \(fn)" nil nil)
8983 ;;;***
8984 \f
8985 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8986 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8988 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8990 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8991 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8992 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8993 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8994 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8995 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8996 system.
8998 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9003 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9005 ;;;***
9006 \f
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9008 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9011 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9014 \(fn)" nil nil)
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9019 ;;;;;; 0))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20709 26818 907104
9026 ;;;;;; 0))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9033 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9037 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9038 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9039 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9040 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9041 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9042 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9046 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9047 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9048 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9049 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9051 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9052 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9053 automatically.
9055 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9056 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9058 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9063 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9064 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9065 ;;;;;; (20763 30266 231060 0))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9067 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9069 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9070 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9072 \(fn)" t nil)
9074 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9075 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9077 \(fn)" t nil)
9079 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9080 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9082 \(fn)" t nil)
9084 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9085 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9087 \(fn)" t nil)
9089 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9090 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9092 \(fn)" t nil)
9094 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9095 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9097 \(fn)" t nil)
9099 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9100 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9102 \(fn)" t nil)
9104 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9105 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 ;;;***
9110 \f
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20709 26818 907104
9112 ;;;;;; 0))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9116 ;;;***
9117 \f
9118 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9119 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9123 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9124 Show who's gone.
9126 \(fn)" nil nil)
9128 ;;;***
9129 \f
9130 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9131 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9134 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9136 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9137 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9139 \(fn)" nil nil)
9141 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9142 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9146 ;;;***
9147 \f
9148 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9149 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9153 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9154 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9155 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9156 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9158 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9160 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165 ;;;***
9166 \f
9167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9168 ;;;;;; 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9170 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9175 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9182 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9186 ;;;***
9187 \f
9188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
9189 ;;;;;; 0))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9191 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9196 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709 26818 907104
9197 ;;;;;; 0))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9201 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9202 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9204 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9206 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9208 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9210 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9212 ;;;***
9213 \f
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9215 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9217 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9219 ;;;***
9220 \f
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9222 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9225 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9226 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9227 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9229 \(fn)" t nil)
9231 ;;;***
9232 \f
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9234 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9238 ;;;***
9239 \f
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9241 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9245 ;;;***
9246 \f
9247 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9248 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9251 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9252 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9253 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9255 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9257 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9258 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9261 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9263 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9264 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9265 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9266 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9269 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9271 ;;;***
9272 \f
9273 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9274 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709 26818 907104
9275 ;;;;;; 0))
9276 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9277 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9279 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9280 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9281 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9282 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9284 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9286 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9287 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9288 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9290 \(fn)" t nil)
9292 ;;;***
9293 \f
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9295 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9297 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9299 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9300 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9302 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9304 ;;;***
9305 \f
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9307 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9308 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20751 39094 700824 0))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9311 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9312 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9314 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9315 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9317 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9318 assertions in BODY.
9320 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9322 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9323 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9324 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9326 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9328 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9330 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9332 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9333 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9335 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9336 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9340 Returns the stats object.
9342 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9344 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9345 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9347 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9348 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9349 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9350 the tests).
9352 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9354 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9355 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9357 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9358 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9359 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9360 and how to display message.
9362 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9364 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9366 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9367 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9369 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9371 ;;;***
9372 \f
9373 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9374 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9377 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9379 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9380 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9382 \(fn)" t nil)
9384 ;;;***
9385 \f
9386 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20709
9387 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9388 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9390 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9391 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9395 \(fn)" nil nil)
9397 ;;;***
9398 \f
9399 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9400 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9401 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9403 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9404 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9405 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9406 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9407 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9408 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9409 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9410 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9411 buffer selected (or created).
9413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9415 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9416 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9417 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9419 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9421 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9422 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9423 The result might be any Lisp object.
9424 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9425 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9426 corresponding to a successful execution.
9428 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9430 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9432 ;;;***
9433 \f
9434 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9435 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9436 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9437 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9438 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9439 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9440 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9441 ;;;;;; (20731 53823 676680 0))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9444 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9445 File name of tags table.
9446 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9447 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9448 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9449 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9450 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9452 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9453 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9454 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9455 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9457 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9459 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9460 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9462 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9463 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9464 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9466 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9468 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9469 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9470 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9472 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9474 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9475 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9476 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9477 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9478 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9480 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9482 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9487 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9489 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9491 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9492 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9493 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9495 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9497 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9498 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9500 \(fn)" t nil)
9502 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9503 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9504 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9505 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9508 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9510 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9511 file the tag was in.
9513 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9515 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9516 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9517 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9518 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9519 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9520 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9521 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9522 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9523 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9525 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9527 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9528 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9529 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9530 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9531 without directory names.
9533 \(fn)" nil nil)
9534 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9535 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9536 (progn
9537 (load "etags")
9538 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9540 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9541 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9542 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9543 but does not select the buffer.
9544 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9546 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9547 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9548 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9549 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9552 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9554 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9556 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9558 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9560 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9562 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9563 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9564 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9565 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9567 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9568 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9569 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9570 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9573 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9575 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9577 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9579 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9581 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9582 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9584 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9585 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9586 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9587 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9588 around or before point.
9590 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9591 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9592 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9593 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9596 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9598 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9600 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9602 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9604 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9605 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9607 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9608 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9609 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9610 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9611 around or before point.
9613 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9614 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9615 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9616 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9619 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9621 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9623 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9625 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9627 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9628 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9630 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9631 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9632 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9634 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9635 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9636 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9637 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9640 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9642 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9644 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9646 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9648 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9649 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9650 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9652 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9656 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9657 where they were found.
9659 \(fn)" t nil)
9661 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9662 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9664 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9665 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9666 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9668 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9669 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9671 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9672 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9674 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9676 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9678 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9679 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9681 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9682 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9683 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9684 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9685 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9687 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9688 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9690 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9691 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9692 Stops when a match is found.
9695 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9696 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9697 restricted to these files.
9699 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9701 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9703 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9704 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9705 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9708 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9709 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9710 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9712 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9713 produce the list of files to search.
9715 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9717 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9719 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9720 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9721 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9722 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9723 directory specification.
9725 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9727 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9728 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9730 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9733 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9734 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9735 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9737 \(fn)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9740 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9741 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9742 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9745 \(fn)" t nil)
9747 ;;;***
9748 \f
9749 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9750 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9751 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9752 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9753 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9754 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9755 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9756 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9759 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9762 \(fn)" nil nil)
9764 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9765 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9767 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9768 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9770 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9771 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9772 primary language.
9774 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9775 even if the buffer is read-only.
9777 See also the descriptions of the variables
9778 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9780 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9782 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9783 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9785 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9786 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9788 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9789 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9790 primary language.
9792 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9793 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9795 See also the descriptions of the variables
9796 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9798 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9800 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9802 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9805 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9807 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9808 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9809 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9810 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9812 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9813 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9814 primary language.
9816 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9817 buffer is read-only.
9819 See also the descriptions of the variables
9820 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9821 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9823 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9825 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9826 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9828 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9829 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9831 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9832 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9833 the primary language.
9835 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9836 buffer is read-only.
9838 See also the descriptions of the variables
9839 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9840 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9842 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9844 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9848 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9850 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9851 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9853 \(fn)" t nil)
9855 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9856 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9858 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9859 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9860 be 1, 2, or 3.
9862 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9863 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9864 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9866 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9868 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9870 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9871 This function is deprecated.
9873 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9875 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9876 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9878 \(fn)" t nil)
9880 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9881 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9883 \(fn)" t nil)
9885 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9886 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9889 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9891 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9892 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9894 \(fn)" nil nil)
9896 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9897 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9899 \(fn)" nil nil)
9901 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9902 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9904 \(fn)" nil nil)
9906 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9907 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9909 \(fn)" nil nil)
9911 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9912 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9913 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9917 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9920 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9922 ;;;***
9923 \f
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9925 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9926 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
9927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9929 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9930 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9931 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9932 server for future sessions.
9934 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9936 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9937 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9938 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9940 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9942 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9943 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9944 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9946 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9948 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9949 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9950 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9951 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9952 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9953 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9954 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9955 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9956 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9957 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9958 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9959 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9961 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9963 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9964 Display a form to query the directory server.
9965 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9966 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9968 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9971 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9972 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9974 \(fn)" t nil)
9976 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9978 ;;;***
9979 \f
9980 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9981 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9982 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9986 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9991 Display URL and make it clickable.
9996 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10001 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10006 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10011 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10015 ;;;***
10016 \f
10017 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10018 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10019 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10022 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10023 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10028 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10032 ;;;***
10033 \f
10034 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10035 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10039 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709
10046 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10050 Create an empty ewoc.
10052 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10054 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10055 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10056 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10057 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10058 `insert-before-markers'.
10060 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10061 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10062 respectively, of the ewoc.
10064 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10065 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10066 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10070 ;;;***
10071 \f
10072 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10073 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10074 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10075 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10079 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10085 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10087 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10088 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10093 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10094 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10095 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10096 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10097 executable.
10102 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10103 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10108 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10109 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10110 file modes.
10114 ;;;***
10115 \f
10116 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10117 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10118 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10122 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10123 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10124 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10126 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10128 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10129 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10130 to generate such functions.
10132 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10133 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10134 beginning of the expanded text.
10136 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10137 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10138 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10139 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10141 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10146 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10147 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10152 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10153 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10158 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10159 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10165 ;;;***
10166 \f
10167 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20709 26818
10168 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10172 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10173 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10181 Key definitions:
10184 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10186 `f90-do-indent'
10187 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10188 `f90-if-indent'
10189 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10190 `f90-type-indent'
10191 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10192 `f90-program-indent'
10193 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10194 (default 2).
10195 `f90-associate-indent'
10196 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10197 `f90-critical-indent'
10198 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10199 `f90-continuation-indent'
10200 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10201 `f90-comment-region'
10204 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10205 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10207 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10210 `f90-break-delimiters'
10211 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10213 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10214 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10215 (default t).
10216 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10217 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10218 `f90-smart-end'
10219 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10220 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10221 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10222 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10223 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10224 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10225 `f90-leave-line-no'
10226 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10228 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10229 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10233 ;;;***
10234 \f
10235 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10236 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10237 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10238 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20709
10239 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10240 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10243 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10244 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10245 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10247 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10248 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10249 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10250 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10251 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10253 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10254 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10255 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10256 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10257 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10258 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10259 attributes.
10261 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10262 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10267 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10268 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10269 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10274 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10275 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10276 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10278 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10279 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10280 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10282 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10283 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10284 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10285 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10290 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10291 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10293 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10294 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10295 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10296 the same amount).
10301 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10302 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10304 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10305 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10306 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10307 will remove any scaling currently active.
10312 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10313 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10322 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10324 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10326 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10327 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10329 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10330 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10331 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10333 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10334 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10335 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10337 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10339 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10340 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10341 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10342 will remove any scaling currently active.
10344 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10345 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10346 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10347 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10348 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10353 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10354 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10355 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10356 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10357 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10362 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10363 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10364 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10365 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10366 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10367 `buffer-face-mode'.
10369 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10370 local, and sets it to FACE.
10375 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10376 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10377 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10378 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10379 `face' text property.
10381 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10382 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10383 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10384 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10386 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10387 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10392 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10393 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10394 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10398 ;;;***
10399 \f
10400 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10401 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10402 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20759 33211
10403 ;;;;;; 414988 0))
10404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10407 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10408 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10409 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10414 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10419 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10420 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10421 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10426 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10427 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10428 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10429 backup file names and the like).
10434 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10435 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10436 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10437 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10438 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10439 internally by feedmail):
10441 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10442 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10443 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10444 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10446 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10447 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10448 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10449 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10450 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10454 ;;;***
10455 \f
10456 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10457 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10458 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20752 26669 524456 0))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10462 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10463 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10464 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10465 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10466 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10467 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10472 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10473 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10474 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10475 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10476 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10477 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10484 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10485 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10486 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10487 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10488 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10493 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10494 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10495 Return value:
10496 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10497 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10498 * otherwise, nil
10503 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10504 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10509 Try to get a file name at point.
10510 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10515 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10519 ;;;***
10520 \f
10521 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10522 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10523 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10524 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10525 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10528 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10529 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10530 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10535 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10536 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10537 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10538 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10539 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10544 Add FILE to the file cache.
10549 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10550 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10555 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10556 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10561 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10562 This function does not use any external programs.
10563 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10564 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10565 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10570 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10571 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10572 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10573 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10574 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10575 \(directories) is done.
10579 ;;;***
10580 \f
10581 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10582 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10583 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10584 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10585 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20709 26818
10586 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10587 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10590 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10592 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10593 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10594 Local Variables list.
10596 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10597 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10598 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10603 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10608 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10610 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10611 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10612 the -*- line.
10614 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10615 then this function adds it.
10620 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10625 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10630 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10635 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10640 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10645 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20709
10652 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10656 Filesets initialization.
10657 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10661 ;;;***
10662 \f
10663 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818
10664 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10668 Initiate the building of a find command.
10669 For example:
10676 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10677 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10681 ;;;***
10682 \f
10683 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10684 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
10685 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10688 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10689 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10693 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10699 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10700 and run dired on those files.
10701 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10702 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10704 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10709 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10710 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10715 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10723 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10724 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10727 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10728 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10729 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10730 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10731 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10732 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10738 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10739 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10741 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10748 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10749 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10751 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10752 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10754 Variables of interest include:
10756 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10757 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10758 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10760 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10761 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10762 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10764 - `ff-ignore-include'
10765 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10767 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10768 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10770 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10771 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10773 - `ff-special-constructs'
10774 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10775 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10776 extracting the filename from that construct.
10778 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10779 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10781 - `ff-search-directories'
10782 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10783 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10785 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10786 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10788 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10789 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10791 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10792 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10794 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10795 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10797 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10803 Visit the file you click on.
10808 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10812 ;;;***
10813 \f
10814 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10815 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10816 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10817 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10818 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10819 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10820 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10824 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10825 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10830 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10831 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10832 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10834 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10835 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10836 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10837 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10842 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10844 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10845 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10846 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10847 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10849 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10850 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10851 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10853 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10854 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10855 in `load-path'.
10860 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10862 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10863 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10864 places point before the definition.
10865 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10867 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10868 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10869 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10874 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10876 See `find-function' for more details.
10881 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10883 See `find-function' for more details.
10888 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10890 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10891 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10892 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10894 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10895 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10900 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10902 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10903 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10904 places point before the definition.
10906 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10908 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10909 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10910 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10915 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10917 See `find-variable' for more details.
10922 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10924 See `find-variable' for more details.
10929 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10930 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10931 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10932 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10933 buffer nor display it.
10935 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10936 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10941 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10943 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10944 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10945 places point before the definition.
10947 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10949 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10950 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10951 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10956 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10957 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10962 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10967 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10972 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10976 ;;;***
10977 \f
10978 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10979 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20709 26818
10980 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10981 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10984 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10989 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10994 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10998 ;;;***
10999 \f
11000 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11001 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11002 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11005 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11010 Display FILE's commentary section.
11011 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11016 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11020 ;;;***
11021 \f
11022 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11023 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11024 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11027 Toggle flow control handling.
11029 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11034 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11036 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11038 to get the effect of a C-q.
11042 ;;;***
11043 \f
11044 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11045 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11058 ;;;***
11059 \f
11060 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11061 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20717 20920
11062 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11066 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11068 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11069 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11074 Turn flymake mode on.
11079 Turn flymake mode off.
11088 ;;;***
11089 \f
11090 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11091 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11092 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11096 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11102 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11104 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11105 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11107 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11108 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11109 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11111 Bindings:
11117 Hooks:
11118 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11120 Remark:
11121 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11122 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11123 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11125 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11126 consider adding:
11127 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11128 in your init file.
11136 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11141 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11146 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11151 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11156 Flyspell whole buffer.
11160 ;;;***
11161 \f
11162 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11163 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11164 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11168 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11173 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11178 Toggle Follow mode.
11179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11180 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11181 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11183 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11184 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11186 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11187 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11188 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11190 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11191 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11192 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11193 movement commands.
11195 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11196 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11197 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11198 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11199 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11200 mileage may vary).
11202 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11205 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11207 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11209 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11215 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11217 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11218 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11219 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11220 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11221 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11222 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11224 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11225 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11226 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11230 ;;;***
11231 \f
11232 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709
11233 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11237 Toggle Footnote mode.
11238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11242 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11243 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11244 play around with the following keys:
11249 ;;;***
11250 \f
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11252 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11253 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11256 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11258 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11259 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11260 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11261 C-c < forms-first-record <
11262 C-c > forms-last-record >
11263 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11264 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11265 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11266 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11267 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11268 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11269 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11270 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11271 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11272 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11277 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11282 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11286 ;;;***
11287 \f
11288 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11289 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11293 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11294 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11297 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11301 Key definitions:
11304 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11306 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11308 `fortran-do-indent'
11309 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11310 `fortran-if-indent'
11311 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11312 `fortran-structure-indent'
11313 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11314 (default 3)
11315 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11316 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11317 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11318 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11319 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11320 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11321 nil don't change the indentation
11322 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11323 value of either
11324 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11326 depending on the continuation format in use.
11327 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11328 indentation for a line of code.
11329 (default 'fixed)
11330 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11331 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11333 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11334 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11335 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11336 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11337 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11338 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11339 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11340 column 5.
11341 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11343 statements (default nil).
11344 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11346 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11347 `fortran-continuation-string'
11348 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11350 `fortran-comment-region'
11353 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11354 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11355 as typed (default t).
11356 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11357 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11359 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11360 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11364 ;;;***
11365 \f
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11367 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517
11368 ;;;;;; 595445 191000))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11372 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11374 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11375 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11380 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11388 Compile fortune file.
11390 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11391 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11396 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11399 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11400 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11401 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11406 Display a fortune cookie.
11407 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11408 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11409 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11410 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11414 ;;;***
11415 \f
11416 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11417 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
11418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11421 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11427 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11428 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11429 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11430 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11431 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11432 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11437 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11438 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11439 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11441 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11442 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11443 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11447 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11448 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11449 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11450 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11452 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11453 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11454 shown in some of the buffers.
11456 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11458 The following commands help control operation :
11460 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11461 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11463 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11464 detailed description of this mode.
11467 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11468 | GDB Toolbar |
11469 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11470 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11471 | | |
11472 | | |
11473 | | |
11474 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11475 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11476 | | (comint-mode) |
11477 | | |
11478 | | |
11479 | | |
11480 | | |
11481 | | |
11482 | | |
11483 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11484 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11485 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11486 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11487 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11488 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11492 ;;;***
11493 \f
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11495 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20709
11496 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11500 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11501 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11505 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11507 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11508 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11509 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11510 documentation string instead.
11512 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11513 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11517 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11518 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11519 enders are actually possible.
11521 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11522 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11524 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11525 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11526 `font-lock-keywords'.
11528 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11529 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11530 runs the macro expansion.
11532 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11533 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11534 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11536 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11538 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11545 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11550 Enter generic mode MODE.
11552 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11554 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11556 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11557 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11562 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11563 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11564 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11565 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11566 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11567 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11568 `font-lock-keywords'.
11572 ;;;***
11573 \f
11574 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11575 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11579 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11581 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11582 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11583 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11587 ;;;***
11588 \f
11589 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11590 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11591 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11595 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11596 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11601 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11603 Guideline for numbers:
11604 1 - error messages
11605 3 - non-serious error messages
11606 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11607 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11608 9 - messages inside loops.
11613 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11614 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11619 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11624 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11626 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11627 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11629 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11630 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11631 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11633 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11634 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11639 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11643 ;;;***
11644 \f
11645 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11646 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20709 26818
11647 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11653 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11658 Read network news.
11659 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11660 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11661 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11662 name of an NNTP server to use.
11663 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11664 server.
11669 Read news as a slave.
11674 Pop up a frame to read news.
11675 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11676 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11677 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11678 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11679 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11681 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11682 current display is used.
11687 Read network news.
11688 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11689 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11690 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11694 ;;;***
11695 \f
11696 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11697 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11698 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11699 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11700 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11701 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11705 Start Gnus unplugged.
11710 Start Gnus plugged.
11715 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11720 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11722 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11723 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11724 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11726 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11727 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11728 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11733 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11738 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11739 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11740 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11741 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11742 supported.
11747 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11748 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11749 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11750 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11751 supported.
11756 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11761 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11762 downloaded into the agent.
11767 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11768 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11769 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11774 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11779 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11784 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11785 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11789 ;;;***
11790 \f
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11792 ;;;;;; (20763 30266 231060 0))
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11796 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11800 ;;;***
11801 \f
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11803 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
11804 ;;;;;; 0))
11805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11808 Set a bookmark for this article.
11813 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11818 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11819 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11820 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11821 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11825 ;;;***
11826 \f
11827 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11828 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11829 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709
11830 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11834 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11836 Usage:
11837 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11842 Generate the cache active file.
11847 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11852 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11853 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11854 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11855 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11856 supported.
11861 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11862 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11863 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11864 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11865 supported.
11869 ;;;***
11870 \f
11871 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11872 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11876 Delay this article by some time.
11877 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11879 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11880 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11882 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11883 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11885 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11886 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11891 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11896 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11897 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11898 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11900 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11901 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11905 ;;;***
11906 \f
11907 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11908 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11921 ;;;***
11922 \f
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11924 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11928 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11932 ;;;***
11933 \f
11934 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11935 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11939 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11943 ;;;***
11944 \f
11945 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11946 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11947 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709
11948 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
11949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11952 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11957 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11962 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11964 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11965 different input formats.
11970 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11972 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11973 different input formats.
11978 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11979 The PNG is returned as a string.
11984 Convert FILE to a Face.
11985 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11986 726 bytes.
11990 ;;;***
11991 \f
11992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11993 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20709 26818 907104
11994 ;;;;;; 0))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11998 Display gravatar in the From header.
11999 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12004 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12005 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12009 ;;;***
12010 \f
12011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12012 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12016 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12017 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12018 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12023 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12027 ;;;***
12028 \f
12029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12030 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12043 ;;;***
12044 \f
12045 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12046 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12052 Run batched scoring.
12053 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12057 ;;;***
12058 \f
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12060 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12061 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12070 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12071 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12076 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12082 ;;;***
12083 \f
12084 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12085 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12086 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12090 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12091 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12092 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12093 group parameters.
12095 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12096 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12097 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12098 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12100 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12101 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12102 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12103 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12104 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12105 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12106 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12107 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12108 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12109 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12114 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12115 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12116 nil CATCH-ALL).
12118 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12119 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12124 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12125 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12127 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12132 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12133 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12135 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12137 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12138 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12139 existing groups are considered.
12141 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12142 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12143 returned.
12145 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12146 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12147 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12148 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12149 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12150 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12151 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12152 clauses will be generated.
12154 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12155 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12156 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12157 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12158 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12159 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12161 For example, given the following group parameters:
12163 nnml:mail.bar:
12166 nnml:mail.foo:
12171 nnml:mail.others:
12172 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12187 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12191 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12192 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12193 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12194 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12195 instead.
12197 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12200 Mail to ADDRESS.
12205 Like `message-reply'.
12209 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12211 ;;;***
12212 \f
12213 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12214 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12218 Send a notification on new message.
12219 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12220 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12221 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12223 This is typically a function to add in
12224 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12228 ;;;***
12229 \f
12230 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12231 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12232 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12236 Display picons in the From header.
12237 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12242 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12243 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12248 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12249 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12253 ;;;***
12254 \f
12255 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12256 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12257 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12258 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12259 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12263 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12264 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12265 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12270 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12271 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12272 LIST1 is modified.
12277 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12278 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12288 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12289 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12294 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12295 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12302 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12303 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12308 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12309 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12314 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12315 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12320 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12327 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20779 18487 859617
12328 ;;;;;; 0))
12329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12332 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12337 Install the registry hooks.
12341 ;;;***
12342 \f
12343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12344 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709
12345 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
12346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12349 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12350 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12351 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12352 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12353 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12358 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12359 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12360 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12361 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12370 ;;;***
12371 \f
12372 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12373 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12377 Update the format specification near point.
12381 ;;;***
12382 \f
12383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12384 ;;;;;; (20763 30266 231060 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12388 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12392 ;;;***
12393 \f
12394 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12395 ;;;;;; (20763 30266 231060 0))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12399 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12400 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12404 ;;;***
12405 \f
12406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12407 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12411 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12416 Install the sync hooks.
12420 ;;;***
12421 \f
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12423 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12427 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12431 ;;;***
12432 \f
12433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12434 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12438 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12439 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12440 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12441 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12442 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12448 ;;;***
12449 \f
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20709 26818
12451 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12455 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12457 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12458 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12459 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12461 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12462 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12463 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12465 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12468 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12469 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12475 ;;;***
12476 \f
12477 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12478 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766
12479 ;;;;;; 6456 368550 0))
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12485 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12486 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12487 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12488 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12493 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12494 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12495 or to send e-mail.
12496 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12497 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12499 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12500 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12506 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12508 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12509 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12514 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12518 ;;;***
12519 \f
12520 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12521 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12525 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12526 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12531 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12535 ;;;***
12536 \f
12537 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12538 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12539 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20762 9398
12540 ;;;;;; 526093 0))
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12550 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12551 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12552 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12554 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12555 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12562 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12563 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12573 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12577 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12581 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12585 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12586 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12590 How to invoke find and grep.
12591 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12592 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12593 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12594 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12605 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12606 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12616 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12621 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12623 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12626 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12627 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12629 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12630 can easily repeat a grep command.
12632 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12633 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12634 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12635 list is empty).
12640 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12641 Collect output in a buffer.
12643 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12645 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12646 easily repeat a find command.
12653 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12654 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12655 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12656 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12659 before it is executed.
12662 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12663 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12664 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12671 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12672 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12673 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12674 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12677 before it is executed.
12680 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12681 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12682 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12687 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12688 to specify a command to run.
12693 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12694 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12695 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12701 ;;;***
12702 \f
12703 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104
12704 ;;;;;; 0))
12705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12708 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12709 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12710 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12715 ;;;***
12716 \f
12717 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12718 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20709 26818
12719 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12723 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12724 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12725 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12730 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12731 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12732 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12737 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12738 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12739 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12744 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12746 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12748 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12749 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12754 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12755 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12756 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12761 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12763 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12768 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12771 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12773 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12774 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12775 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12776 original source file access method.
12778 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12779 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12784 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12789 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12790 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12798 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12801 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12805 ;;;***
12806 \f
12807 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12808 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12809 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12813 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12814 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12815 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12816 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12817 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12818 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12819 set it to.
12820 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12825 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12826 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12827 of PLACE.
12828 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12829 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12830 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12831 and SETTER.
12832 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12833 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12840 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12841 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12842 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12843 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12854 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12856 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12859 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12860 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12861 well for simple place forms.
12862 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12863 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12864 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12865 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12866 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12867 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12868 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12875 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12876 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12877 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12878 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12880 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12881 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12882 (let ((temp VAL))
12883 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12884 temp)
12885 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12890 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12891 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12892 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12893 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12894 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12901 Return a reference to PLACE.
12902 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20709
12909 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12914 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12915 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12917 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12918 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12919 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12920 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12924 ;;;***
12925 \f
12926 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12927 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
12928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12931 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12936 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12937 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12938 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12940 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12945 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12946 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12947 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12948 to be updated.
12952 ;;;***
12953 \f
12954 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12955 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12956 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12960 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12965 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12966 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12971 Verify a hashcash payment
12976 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12977 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12978 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12979 `mail-add-payment-async').
12984 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12985 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12986 Calculation is asynchronous.
12991 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12992 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12996 ;;;***
12997 \f
12998 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12999 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13000 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13001 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818
13002 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13003 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13006 Return the help-echo string at point.
13007 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13008 property, or nil, is returned.
13009 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13010 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13011 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13016 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13017 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13018 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13019 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13024 Display local help in the echo area.
13025 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13026 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13027 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13028 printed instead.
13030 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13031 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13032 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13037 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13038 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13043 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13044 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13049 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13050 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13051 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13052 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13053 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13054 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13055 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13056 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13057 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13058 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13060 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13061 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13062 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13063 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13064 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13066 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13067 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13068 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13069 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13070 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13071 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13072 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13078 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13079 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13080 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13081 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13082 considered different regions.
13084 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13085 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13086 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13087 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13088 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13089 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13090 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13091 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13092 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13097 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13098 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13099 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13100 different regions.
13102 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13103 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13104 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13105 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13106 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13107 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13108 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13109 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13111 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13112 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13113 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13114 rarely happens in practice.
13119 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13120 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13121 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13122 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13123 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13127 ;;;***
13128 \f
13129 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13130 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13131 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13132 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
13133 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13136 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13141 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13142 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13147 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13148 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13149 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13150 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13151 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13152 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13153 search for a function definition.
13155 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13156 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13157 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13158 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13159 suitable file is found, return nil.
13169 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13170 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13171 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13176 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13177 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13178 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13179 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13180 it is displayed along with the global value.
13185 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13186 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13187 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13192 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13193 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13194 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13195 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13200 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13205 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13209 ;;;***
13210 \f
13211 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13212 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13213 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13216 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13217 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13218 window listing and describing the options.
13224 ;;;***
13225 \f
13226 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13227 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13228 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13229 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
13230 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13233 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13234 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13235 Commands:
13253 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13254 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13255 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13258 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13260 restore it properly when going back.
13265 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13266 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13267 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13268 from `help-mode'.
13270 it does not already exist.
13275 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13277 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13278 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13279 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13280 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13281 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13282 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13283 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13284 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13286 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13287 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13288 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13289 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13291 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13292 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13293 that.
13298 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13299 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13300 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13301 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13302 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13307 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13308 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13309 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13310 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13315 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13320 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13321 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13322 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13326 ;;;***
13327 \f
13328 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13329 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13333 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13338 Provide help for current mode.
13342 ;;;***
13343 \f
13344 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13345 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13346 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13350 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13351 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13352 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13354 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13355 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13358 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13359 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13360 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13362 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13363 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13364 periods.
13366 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13367 in hexl format.
13369 A sample format:
13371 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13372 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13373 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13374 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13375 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13376 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13377 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13378 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13379 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13380 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13381 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13382 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13383 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13384 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13385 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13387 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13388 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13389 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13391 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13392 also supported.
13394 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13396 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13397 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13398 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13401 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13402 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13405 into the buffer at the current point.
13408 into the buffer at the current point.
13411 into the buffer at the current point.
13415 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13416 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13425 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13426 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13427 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13432 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13433 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13437 ;;;***
13438 \f
13439 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13440 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13441 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13442 ;;;;;; (20743 44982 104196 0))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13446 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13448 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13449 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13451 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13453 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13454 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13456 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13457 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13458 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13459 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13463 which can be called interactively, are:
13466 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13469 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13470 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13471 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13474 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13477 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13480 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13482 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13484 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13485 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13486 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13487 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13488 function returns t.
13491 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13493 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13494 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13495 form:
13496 Hi-lock: FOO
13498 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13499 position (number of characters into buffer)
13500 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13501 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13502 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13507 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13508 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13510 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13516 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13517 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13518 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13519 ARG is omitted or nil.
13521 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13522 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13523 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13530 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13531 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13532 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13534 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13535 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13536 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13537 updated as you type.
13544 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13545 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13546 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13548 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13549 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13550 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13551 updated as you type.
13558 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13559 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13560 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13562 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13563 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13564 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13565 updated as you type.
13572 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13573 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13574 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13576 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13581 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13583 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13584 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13585 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13589 ;;;***
13590 \f
13591 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13592 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13596 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13598 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13599 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13601 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13602 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13603 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13604 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13606 `hide-ifdef-env'
13607 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13608 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13609 is used.
13611 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13612 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13613 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13614 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13615 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13617 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13618 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13619 #endif lines when hiding.
13621 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13622 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13623 is activated.
13625 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13626 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13627 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13633 ;;;***
13634 \f
13635 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13636 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13639 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13640 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13641 Each element has the form
13642 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13644 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13645 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13647 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13648 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13650 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13651 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13652 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13653 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13654 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13655 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13657 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13658 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13660 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13661 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13663 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13664 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13668 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13670 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13671 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13673 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13674 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13675 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13677 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13678 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13679 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13681 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13682 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13684 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13686 Key bindings:
13692 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13696 ;;;***
13697 \f
13698 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13699 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13700 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13701 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13702 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20709
13703 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
13704 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13707 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13708 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13709 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13710 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13712 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13713 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13715 this on and off.
13717 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13722 through various faces.
13724 buffer with the contents of a file
13730 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13732 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13733 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13735 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13736 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13737 in a distinctive face.
13739 The default value can be customized with variable
13740 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13742 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13747 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13748 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13753 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13758 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13763 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13765 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13766 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13767 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13768 shown in the last face in the list.
13770 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13771 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13772 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13774 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13779 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13781 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13783 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13784 to save the file.
13786 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13787 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13789 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13796 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13798 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13799 this function is called interactively.
13801 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13802 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13803 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13805 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13812 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13813 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13821 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13822 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13823 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13824 ARG is omitted or nil.
13826 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13827 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13828 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13832 ;;;***
13833 \f
13834 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13835 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13838 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13839 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13840 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13846 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13847 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13848 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13849 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13850 expansions.
13851 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13853 undoes the expansion.
13858 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13859 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13860 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13864 ;;;***
13865 \f
13866 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13867 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13871 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13876 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13877 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13878 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13879 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13880 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13881 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13883 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13884 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13885 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13886 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13891 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13892 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13894 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13900 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13905 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13906 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13907 windows.
13909 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13910 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13914 ;;;***
13915 \f
13916 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13917 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13918 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13919 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13920 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13921 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13925 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13926 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13935 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13936 Oriental holidays.
13946 Local holidays.
13956 User defined holidays.
13963 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13968 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13973 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13978 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13985 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13986 Jewish holidays.
13995 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13996 Christian holidays.
14005 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14006 Islamic holidays.
14015 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14016 Bahá'à holidays.
14025 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14026 Sun-related holidays.
14036 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14037 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14038 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14043 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14044 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14045 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14046 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14048 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14049 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14051 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14052 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14054 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14055 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14056 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14057 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14058 of a holiday list.
14060 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14066 ;;;***
14067 \f
14068 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20709
14069 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14073 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14077 ;;;***
14078 \f
14079 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14080 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20774 51822 616889 64000))
14081 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14084 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14085 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14086 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14087 as possible.
14089 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14090 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14091 fontified display.
14093 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14096 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14097 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14098 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14103 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14104 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14106 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14110 ;;;***
14111 \f
14112 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14113 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709
14114 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
14115 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14118 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14120 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14121 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14122 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14124 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14125 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14126 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14127 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14128 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14129 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14131 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14132 title of the column.
14134 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14135 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14136 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14137 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14138 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14143 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14144 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14145 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14146 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14148 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14149 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14155 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14156 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14157 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14158 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14159 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14161 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14162 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14163 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14164 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14165 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14166 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14167 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14168 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14169 values are:
14170 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14171 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14172 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14173 buffer's modification flag.
14174 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14175 prompted before performing this operation.
14176 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14177 operation is complete, in the form:
14179 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14180 confirmation message, in the form:
14182 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14183 macro for exactly what it does.
14185 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14188 Define a filter named NAME.
14189 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14190 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14191 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14193 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14194 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14195 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14196 bound to the current value of the filter.
14200 ;;;***
14201 \f
14202 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14203 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14204 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14207 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14208 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14209 buffers which are visiting a file.
14214 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14215 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14216 buffers which are visiting a file.
14221 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14222 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14224 All arguments are optional.
14225 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14227 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14228 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14229 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14230 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14231 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14232 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14233 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14234 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14235 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14236 that value locally in this buffer.
14240 ;;;***
14241 \f
14242 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14243 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14244 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14245 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14248 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14249 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14250 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14255 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14256 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14257 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14258 ICAL-FILENAME.
14259 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14260 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14261 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14266 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14267 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14268 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14269 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14270 non-marking or not.
14275 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14277 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14278 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14279 DIARY-FILE.
14281 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14282 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14283 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14285 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14286 non-marking.
14288 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14289 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14290 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14294 ;;;***
14295 \f
14296 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20766
14297 ;;;;;; 59066 666084 0))
14298 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14301 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14302 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14304 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14310 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14313 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14317 ;;;***
14318 \f
14319 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818
14320 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14324 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14325 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14326 Tab indents for Icon code.
14327 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14328 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14330 Variables controlling indentation style:
14331 icon-tab-always-indent
14332 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14333 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14334 icon-auto-newline
14335 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14336 inserted in Icon code.
14337 icon-indent-level
14338 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14339 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14340 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14341 icon-continued-statement-offset
14342 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14343 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14344 icon-continued-brace-offset
14345 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14346 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14347 icon-brace-offset
14348 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14349 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14350 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14351 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14353 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14354 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14358 ;;;***
14359 \f
14360 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14361 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
14362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14365 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14366 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14367 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14369 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14370 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14371 separate frames.
14373 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14374 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14376 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14377 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14378 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14384 ;;;***
14385 \f
14386 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14387 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
14388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14391 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14393 The main features of this mode are
14395 1. Indentation and Formatting
14396 --------------------------
14397 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14398 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14401 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14402 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14403 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14405 Comments are indented as follows:
14407 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14408 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14409 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14411 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14414 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14415 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14417 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14418 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14420 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14425 2. Routine Info
14426 ------------
14427 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14428 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14430 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14431 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14432 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14433 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14434 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14436 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14438 3. Online IDL Help
14439 ---------------
14442 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14443 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14444 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14446 4. Completion
14447 ----------
14449 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14450 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14451 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14452 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14453 upper case.
14455 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14456 --------------------------------
14457 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14472 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14475 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14476 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14479 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14480 -------------------------
14481 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14482 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14484 7. Automatic END completion
14485 ------------------------
14486 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14487 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14489 8. Hooks
14490 -----
14491 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14492 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14494 9. Documentation and Customization
14495 -------------------------------
14496 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14498 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14499 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14500 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14502 10.Keybindings
14503 -----------
14504 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14506 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14512 ;;;***
14513 \f
14514 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14515 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14516 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14517 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14518 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14519 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14520 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14521 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20766
14522 ;;;;;; 59066 666084 0))
14523 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14526 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14527 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14528 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14529 displaying...)
14530 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14531 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14532 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14540 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14541 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14542 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14543 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14544 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14545 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14546 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14547 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14552 Switch to another buffer.
14553 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14554 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14555 in another frame.
14557 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14558 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14559 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14560 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14563 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14564 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14571 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14572 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14573 in a separate window.
14587 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14588 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14589 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14594 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14595 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14596 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14601 Kill a buffer.
14602 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14603 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14608 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14609 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14610 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14615 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14616 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14617 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14622 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14627 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14628 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14629 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14630 visible in another frame.
14632 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14633 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14634 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14635 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14636 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14639 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14640 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14647 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14648 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14649 in a separate window.
14652 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14656 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14669 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14670 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14671 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14676 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14677 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14678 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14683 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14684 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14685 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14690 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14691 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14692 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14697 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14698 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14699 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14704 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14705 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14711 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14712 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14718 Write current buffer to a file.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14726 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732 Call `dired' the ido way.
14733 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14739 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14740 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14741 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14742 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14743 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14748 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14749 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14750 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14755 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14756 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14757 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14762 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14763 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14764 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14765 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14766 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14767 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14768 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14769 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14770 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14771 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14772 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14773 with point positioned at the end.
14774 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14775 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14777 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14779 ;;;***
14780 \f
14781 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14782 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14785 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14786 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14790 ;;;***
14791 \f
14792 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818
14793 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14794 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14799 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14807 ;;;***
14808 \f
14809 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14810 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14811 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14812 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14813 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14814 ;;;;;; (20772 45239 494620 0))
14815 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14818 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14819 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14820 be determined.
14825 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14826 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14827 be determined.
14832 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14833 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14834 be determined.
14839 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14840 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14841 be determined.
14846 Determine and return image type.
14847 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14848 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14849 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14850 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14851 use its file extension as image type.
14852 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14857 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14858 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14863 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14864 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14866 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14867 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14868 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14869 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14870 must be available.
14875 Create an image.
14876 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14877 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14878 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14879 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14880 use its file extension as image type.
14881 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14882 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14883 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14884 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14886 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14888 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14890 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14895 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14896 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14897 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14898 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14899 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14900 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14901 POS may be an integer or marker.
14902 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14903 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14904 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14905 means display it in the right marginal area.
14910 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14911 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14912 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14913 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14914 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14915 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14916 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14917 means display it in the right marginal area.
14918 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14919 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14920 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14921 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14922 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14927 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14928 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14929 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14930 STRING is a single space.
14931 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14932 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14933 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14934 means display it in the right marginal area.
14935 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14940 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14941 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14942 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14947 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14949 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14951 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14952 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14953 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14954 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14955 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14956 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14957 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14958 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14959 satisfied.
14961 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14963 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14968 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14970 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14971 documentation string.
14973 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14974 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14975 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14976 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14977 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14978 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14979 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14980 define SYMBOL.
14982 Example:
14992 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14993 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14994 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14996 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14997 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14998 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14999 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15001 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15005 ;;;***
15006 \f
15007 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15008 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15009 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15010 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15011 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15012 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15013 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15014 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20768 48184 78670 0))
15015 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15018 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15019 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15020 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15021 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15022 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15027 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15029 Convenience command that:
15031 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15032 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15033 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15035 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15036 image files in dired and type
15039 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15041 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15042 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15047 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15048 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15049 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15050 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15051 another one).
15053 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15054 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15055 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15057 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15058 instead of erasing it first.
15060 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15061 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15062 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15063 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15064 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15065 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15070 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15071 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15072 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15073 displayed.
15082 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15087 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15088 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15093 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15098 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15099 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15100 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15105 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15110 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15115 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15120 Display current image file.
15121 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15122 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15127 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15132 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15133 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15134 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15135 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15136 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15137 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15142 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15143 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15144 easy-to-use form.
15148 ;;;***
15149 \f
15150 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15151 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15152 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15155 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15156 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15157 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15158 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15160 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15161 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15162 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15168 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15169 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15170 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15172 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15173 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15174 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15180 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15185 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15186 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15187 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15192 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15193 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15195 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15201 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15202 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15203 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15204 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15206 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15207 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15208 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15212 ;;;***
15213 \f
15214 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15215 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20774 51931 214714
15216 ;;;;;; 829000))
15217 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15220 Major mode for image files.
15222 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15227 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15233 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15234 actual image.
15239 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15240 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15241 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15243 to display an image file as the actual image.
15245 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15246 to display an image file as text initially.
15248 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15249 on these modes.
15258 ;;;***
15259 \f
15260 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15261 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593
15262 ;;;;;; 0))
15263 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15266 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15268 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15270 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15271 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15272 in the buffer.
15274 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15276 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15277 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15283 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15284 Each element of this list should have the form
15286 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15288 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15289 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15290 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15291 matches are put).
15292 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15293 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15294 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15295 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15296 another element.
15297 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15298 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15299 the menu item.
15300 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15301 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15302 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15303 the ARGUMENTS.
15305 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15306 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15307 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15309 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15310 create a buffer index.
15312 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15313 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15321 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15323 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15324 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15325 called within a `save-excursion'.
15332 Function for finding the next index position.
15334 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15335 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15336 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15337 file.
15339 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15345 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15347 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15348 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15354 Function to compare string with index item.
15356 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15357 non-nil if they match.
15359 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15360 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15367 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15378 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15379 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15380 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15387 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15392 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15393 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15394 for more information.
15398 ;;;***
15399 \f
15400 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15401 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15402 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15406 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15426 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15430 ;;;***
15431 \f
15432 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15433 ;;;;;; (20774 53405 644725 888000))
15434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15437 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15438 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15439 to that buffer.
15440 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15441 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15442 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15449 ;;;***
15450 \f
15451 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15452 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15453 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15454 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15455 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20774 566 676067
15456 ;;;;;; 0))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15459 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15460 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15461 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15462 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15463 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15464 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15465 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15466 first in this list.
15468 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15469 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15470 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15471 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15472 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15474 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15475 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15476 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15479 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15485 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15486 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15487 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15488 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15490 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15491 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15492 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15493 with the top-level Info directory.
15495 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15496 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15498 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15501 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15502 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15503 in all the directories in that path.
15505 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15510 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15520 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15521 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15527 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15528 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15529 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15534 Go to the Info directory node.
15539 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15540 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15541 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15543 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15548 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15549 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15554 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15555 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15556 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15557 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15562 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15564 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15565 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15570 Selecting other nodes:
15572 Follow a node reference you click on.
15573 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15575 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15580 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15590 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15594 Moving within a node:
15596 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15597 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15598 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15599 move up to the parent node.
15601 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15602 if there is none.
15605 Advanced commands:
15607 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15608 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15609 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15611 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15615 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15616 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15617 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15621 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15627 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15628 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15629 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15630 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15631 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15637 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15638 KEY is a string.
15639 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15640 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15641 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15642 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15647 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15648 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15653 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15654 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15659 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15660 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15661 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15665 ;;;***
15666 \f
15667 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15668 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15669 ;;;;;; (20771 24374 643644 0))
15670 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15673 Throw away all cached data.
15674 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15675 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15676 system.
15682 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15683 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15684 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15685 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15686 one found at point.
15688 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15694 Display the documentation of a file.
15695 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15696 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15697 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15698 The default file name is the one found at point.
15700 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15705 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15710 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15714 ;;;***
15715 \f
15716 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15717 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15718 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15719 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15722 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15723 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15724 current info file is the default.
15726 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15727 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15728 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15729 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15730 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15732 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15733 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15734 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15735 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15736 mistake in the reference.
15738 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15739 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15740 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15743 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15744 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15745 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15750 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15751 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15752 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15753 checked.
15757 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15758 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15759 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15760 should be harmless.
15765 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15766 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15767 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15769 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15770 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15771 and can take a long time.
15776 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15777 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15779 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15781 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15782 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15784 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15786 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15787 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15788 all builtins).
15790 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15791 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15792 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15793 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15794 the sources handy.
15798 ;;;***
15799 \f
15800 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15801 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067 0))
15802 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15805 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15815 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15816 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15817 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15819 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15820 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15821 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15823 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15824 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15825 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15826 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15831 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15832 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15837 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15838 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15839 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15844 ;;;***
15845 \f
15846 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15847 ;;;;;; (20745 310 425822 0))
15848 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15851 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15852 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15856 ;;;***
15857 \f
15858 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15859 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15860 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15861 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15864 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15869 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15878 ;;;***
15879 \f
15880 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709
15881 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
15882 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15885 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15886 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15887 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15888 accessed via isearchb.
15892 ;;;***
15893 \f
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15895 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15896 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15897 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15901 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15902 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15903 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15904 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15909 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15910 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15911 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15912 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15917 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15918 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15919 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15920 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15925 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15926 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15927 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15933 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15934 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15935 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15941 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15942 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15943 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15949 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15950 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15951 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15957 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15959 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15964 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15971 Warn that format is read-only.
15976 Warn that format is write-only.
15981 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15985 ;;;***
15986 \f
15987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15988 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
15989 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15993 ;;;***
15994 \f
15995 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15996 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
15997 ;;;;;; ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
15998 ;;;;;; ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
15999 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16000 ;;;;;; (20784 36406 653593 0))
16001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16006 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16019 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16020 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16025 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16027 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16031 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16032 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16033 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16034 Valid forms include:
16035 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16036 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16037 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16040 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16041 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16042 First list is used raw.
16045 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16048 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16049 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16050 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16051 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16057 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16058 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16059 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16061 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16062 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16063 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16064 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16065 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16067 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16068 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16070 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16071 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16073 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16074 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16079 Return values:
16080 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16081 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16084 quit spell session exited.
16089 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16090 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16095 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16097 Selections are:
16099 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16100 SPC: Accept word this time.
16101 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16102 `a': Accept word for this session.
16103 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16104 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16105 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16106 `?': Show these commands.
16107 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16108 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16109 the aborted check to be completed later.
16110 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16111 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16112 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16113 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16114 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16115 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16116 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16121 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16122 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16123 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16128 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16132 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16137 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16138 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16139 amount for last line processed.
16144 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16149 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16154 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16155 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16160 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16165 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16166 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16167 sequence inside of a word.
16169 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16174 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16179 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16180 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16181 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16183 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16184 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16185 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16186 available on the net.
16191 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16196 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16197 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16198 spelled.
16200 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16202 SPC.
16205 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16210 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16211 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16212 Don't check included messages.
16214 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16215 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16216 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16218 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16219 in your init file:
16220 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16221 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16222 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16223 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16225 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16226 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16231 ;;;***
16232 \f
16233 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20766
16234 ;;;;;; 59066 666084 0))
16235 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16238 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16239 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16247 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16252 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16253 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16257 ;;;***
16258 \f
16259 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16260 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16261 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16262 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709 26818 907104
16263 ;;;;;; 0))
16264 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16272 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16273 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16274 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16275 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16276 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16277 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16278 necessary to represent OBJ.
16283 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16284 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16285 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16290 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16291 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16292 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16293 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16298 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16299 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16300 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16305 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16306 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16307 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16312 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16317 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16318 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16319 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16320 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16325 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16326 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16327 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16328 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16333 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16334 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16338 ;;;***
16339 \f
16340 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16341 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
16342 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16345 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16346 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16355 Uninstall jka-compr.
16356 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16357 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16358 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16362 ;;;***
16363 \f
16364 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20763 30266 231060
16365 ;;;;;; 0))
16366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16369 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16374 ;;;***
16375 \f
16376 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16377 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16378 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16382 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16383 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16389 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16390 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16396 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16397 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16403 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16404 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16410 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16411 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16412 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16413 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16414 keys are bound.
16416 Setup Binding
16417 -------------------------------------------------------------
16418 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16419 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16420 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16421 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16422 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16423 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16424 in the global and local keymaps.
16426 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16427 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16431 ;;;***
16432 \f
16433 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16434 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16435 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16438 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16439 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16441 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16442 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16443 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16444 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16445 shorter.
16447 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16448 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16449 the context of text formatting.
16453 ;;;***
16454 \f
16455 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20709
16456 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16460 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16461 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16462 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16463 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16467 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16468 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16469 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16470 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16471 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16472 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16476 ;;;***
16477 \f
16478 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16479 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16480 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16481 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16482 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16487 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16488 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16489 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16491 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16492 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16494 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16496 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16497 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16498 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16502 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16505 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16506 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16508 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16509 defining the macro.
16512 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16520 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16521 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16525 under that name.
16527 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16528 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16529 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16533 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16535 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16537 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16538 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16539 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16540 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16542 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16545 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16547 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16548 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16549 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16551 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16552 macro.
16555 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16557 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16559 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16564 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16566 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16567 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16568 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16571 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16573 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16574 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16575 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16576 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16578 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16581 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16583 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16584 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16585 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16587 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16592 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16593 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16595 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16596 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16599 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16602 \(fn)" nil nil)
16604 ;;;***
16605 \f
16606 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16607 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16610 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16612 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16613 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16615 \(fn)" t nil)
16617 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16618 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16619 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16620 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16622 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16623 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16624 none / 1 | yes | no
16625 2 | yes | yes
16626 3 | no | yes
16627 4 | no | no
16630 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16633 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16635 ;;;***
16636 \f
16637 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16638 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16639 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16642 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16645 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16647 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16648 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16649 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16650 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16651 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16652 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16654 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16655 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16657 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16659 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16660 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16662 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16664 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16667 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16669 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16672 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16674 ;;;***
16675 \f
16676 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16677 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16678 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20709 26818 907104
16679 ;;;;;; 0))
16680 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16682 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16685 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16687 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16689 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16690 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16691 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16693 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16695 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16696 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16697 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16699 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16701 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16704 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16706 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16708 ;;;***
16709 \f
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16711 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20709 26818
16712 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16713 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16715 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16716 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16717 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16718 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16719 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16720 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16721 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16722 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16724 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16725 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16730 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16732 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16733 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16734 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16735 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16736 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16737 `latin1-display-setup'.
16739 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16741 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16742 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16743 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16744 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16749 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16751 ;;;***
16752 \f
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16754 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16757 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16758 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16760 \(fn)" t nil)
16762 ;;;***
16763 \f
16764 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20709 26818 907104
16765 ;;;;;; 0))
16766 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16768 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16769 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16770 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16771 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16772 generations (this defaults to 1).
16774 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16776 ;;;***
16777 \f
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16779 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16782 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16783 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16785 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16786 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16788 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16792 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16793 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16794 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16797 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16799 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16801 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16802 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16803 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16804 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16805 ARG is omitted or nil.
16807 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16808 `linum-on' would do it.
16809 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16813 ;;;***
16814 \f
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709
16816 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16819 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16820 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16821 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16822 is nil, raise an error.
16824 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16825 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16826 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16827 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16828 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16829 defined by the library.
16831 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16832 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16833 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16834 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16835 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16836 proceeds.
16838 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16839 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16840 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16841 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16843 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16845 ;;;***
16846 \f
16847 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16848 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
16849 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16851 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16852 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16855 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16857 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16858 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16859 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16860 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16862 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16863 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16864 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16865 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16866 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16867 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16868 the version.)
16870 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16871 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16873 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16874 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16876 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16877 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16879 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16881 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16882 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16883 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16884 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16885 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16886 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16887 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16888 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16889 to constrain a big search.
16891 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16893 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16894 except that FILTER is not optional.
16896 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16898 ;;;***
16899 \f
16900 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977
16901 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16904 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16905 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16906 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16908 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16909 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16910 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16913 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16915 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16916 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16917 associated values:
16918 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16919 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16920 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16921 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16922 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16924 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16925 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16926 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16928 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16930 ;;;***
16931 \f
16932 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20709
16933 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16936 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16937 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16939 \(fn)" t nil)
16941 ;;;***
16942 \f
16943 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16944 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20709
16945 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16948 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16949 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16951 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16954 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16955 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16956 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16958 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16959 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16961 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16966 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16969 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16971 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16972 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16973 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16974 switch on this list.
16975 See `lpr-command'.")
16977 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16979 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16980 Name of program for printing a file.
16982 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16983 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16984 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16985 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16986 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16987 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16988 argument.")
16990 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16992 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16993 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16994 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16995 for customization of the printer command.
16997 \(fn)" t nil)
16999 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17000 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17002 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17003 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17004 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17005 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17007 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17008 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17010 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17011 for further customization of the printer command.
17013 \(fn)" t nil)
17015 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17016 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17017 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17018 for customization of the printer command.
17020 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17022 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17023 Paginate and print the region contents.
17025 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17026 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17027 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17028 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17030 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17031 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17033 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17034 for further customization of the printer command.
17036 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17038 ;;;***
17039 \f
17040 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17041 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17044 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17045 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17046 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17048 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17050 ;;;***
17051 \f
17052 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709
17053 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17054 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17056 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17057 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17058 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17059 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17063 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17065 ;;;***
17066 \f
17067 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20709
17068 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17071 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17072 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17074 \(fn)" t nil)
17076 ;;;***
17077 \f
17078 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17079 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104
17080 ;;;;;; 0))
17081 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17083 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17084 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17085 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17086 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17089 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17091 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17092 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17093 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17094 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17096 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17097 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17098 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17099 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17100 bindings.
17102 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17103 use this command, and then save the file.
17105 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17107 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17108 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17109 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17110 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17111 each time the macro executes.
17112 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17120 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17122 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17123 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17124 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17125 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17127 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17128 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17129 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17130 execute.
17132 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17133 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17135 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17136 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17137 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17138 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17141 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17142 looked like this:
17148 You could enter the names in this format:
17150 foo
17151 bar
17152 baz
17154 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17160 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17163 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17164 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17166 ;;;***
17167 \f
17168 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17169 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17172 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17173 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17174 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17175 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17176 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17177 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17179 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17180 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17181 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17182 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17183 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17185 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17186 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17187 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17188 consing a string.)
17190 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17192 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17193 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17195 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17197 ;;;***
17198 \f
17199 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17200 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17201 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17204 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17205 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17207 \(fn)" nil nil)
17209 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17212 \(fn)" nil nil)
17214 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17215 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17217 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17219 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17220 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17221 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17222 message.
17224 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17226 \(fn)" nil nil)
17228 ;;;***
17229 \f
17230 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17231 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17232 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17233 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17236 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17237 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17238 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17239 often correct parser.")
17241 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17243 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17244 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17245 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17246 a value which excludes your own email address.
17248 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17249 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17251 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17253 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17254 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17256 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17258 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17260 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17261 we return it unconverted.
17263 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17264 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17266 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17268 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17270 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17271 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17273 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17275 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17277 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17278 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17280 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17282 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17284 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17285 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17286 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17287 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17288 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17289 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17290 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17291 as Rmail does.
17293 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17295 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17296 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17297 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17298 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17299 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17300 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17301 matches may be returned from the message body.
17303 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17305 ;;;***
17306 \f
17307 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17308 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20709
17309 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17310 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17312 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17313 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17314 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17317 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17319 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17321 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17322 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17323 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17324 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17325 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17327 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17328 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17329 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17330 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17334 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17335 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17337 \(fn)" nil nil)
17339 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17340 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17341 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17343 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17345 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17346 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17347 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17349 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17350 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17351 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17352 double-quotes.
17354 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17356 ;;;***
17357 \f
17358 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17359 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17360 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17361 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17363 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17365 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17366 king@grassland.com
17367 If `parens', they look like:
17368 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17369 If `angles', they look like:
17370 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17372 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17374 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17375 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17376 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17377 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17378 their `Resent-' variants.
17380 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17381 removed from alias expansions.
17383 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17385 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17386 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17387 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17389 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17390 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17391 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17392 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17394 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17396 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17397 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17398 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17400 \(fn)" nil nil)
17402 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17403 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17404 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17405 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17409 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17411 ;;;***
17412 \f
17413 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17414 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17417 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17418 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17419 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17420 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17422 \(fn)" nil nil)
17424 ;;;***
17425 \f
17426 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17427 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17428 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20748 62911 684442
17429 ;;;;;; 0))
17430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17432 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17433 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17435 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17436 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17437 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17438 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17439 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17440 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17442 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17443 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17444 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17445 dependency, despite the colon.
17449 In the browser, use the following keys:
17453 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17455 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17456 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17458 `makefile-target-colon':
17459 The string that gets appended to all target names
17460 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17463 `makefile-macro-assign':
17464 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17465 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17467 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17468 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17471 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17472 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17473 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17475 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17476 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17478 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17479 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17480 up or down in the browser.
17482 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17483 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17485 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17486 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17488 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17489 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17490 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17491 has been selected in the browser.
17493 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17494 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17495 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17496 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17497 filenames are omitted.
17499 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17500 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17501 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17502 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17503 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17504 the backslash itself intact.
17505 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17508 `makefile-browser-hook':
17509 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17510 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17512 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17513 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17514 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17515 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17517 \(fn)" t nil)
17519 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17520 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17522 \(fn)" t nil)
17524 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17525 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17527 \(fn)" t nil)
17529 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17530 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17534 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17535 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17537 \(fn)" t nil)
17539 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17540 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17542 \(fn)" t nil)
17544 ;;;***
17545 \f
17546 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709
17547 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
17548 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17550 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17551 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17552 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17554 \(fn)" t nil)
17556 ;;;***
17557 \f
17558 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17559 ;;;;;; (20762 9398 526093 0))
17560 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17562 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17564 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17565 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17566 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17567 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17568 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17569 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17570 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17571 page, it will display immediately.
17573 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17577 cat(1)
17578 1 cat
17580 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17582 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17583 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17585 -a chmod
17587 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17588 otherwise look like a page name.
17590 /my/file/name.1.gz
17591 -l somefile.1
17594 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17597 -k pattern
17599 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17601 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17602 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17604 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17606 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17607 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17609 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17611 ;;;***
17612 \f
17613 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20709 26818
17614 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17615 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17617 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17618 Toggle Master mode.
17619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17620 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17621 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17623 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17624 using the following commands:
17628 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17629 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17630 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17634 ;;;***
17635 \f
17636 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17637 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17640 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17641 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17642 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17643 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17644 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17645 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17647 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17649 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17650 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17651 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17652 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17653 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17655 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17656 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17657 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17658 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17662 ;;;***
17663 \f
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17665 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17666 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17667 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17668 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17669 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17670 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
17671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17673 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17675 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17676 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17678 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17679 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17680 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17681 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17682 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17683 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17684 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17685 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17687 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17688 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17689 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17690 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17692 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17693 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17694 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17695 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17696 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17697 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17698 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17699 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17700 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17701 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17702 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17703 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17704 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17705 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17706 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17707 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17708 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17709 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17710 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17711 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17712 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17714 \(fn)" t nil)
17716 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17717 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17718 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17719 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17720 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17722 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17724 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17725 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17727 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17730 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17732 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17734 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17737 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17739 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17740 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17741 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17743 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17745 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17746 Cancel an article you posted.
17747 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17751 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17752 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17753 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17754 header line with the old Message-ID.
17756 \(fn)" t nil)
17758 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17759 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17761 \(fn)" t nil)
17763 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17764 Forward the current message via mail.
17765 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17766 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17768 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17773 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17775 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17778 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17780 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17781 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17783 \(fn)" t nil)
17785 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17786 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17788 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17790 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17791 Re-mail the current message.
17792 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17793 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17794 you.
17796 \(fn)" t nil)
17798 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17799 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17801 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17803 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17804 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17806 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17809 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17811 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17814 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17816 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17818 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17819 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17820 Works by overstriking characters.
17821 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17822 which specify the range to operate on.
17824 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17827 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17828 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17829 which specify the range to operate on.
17831 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17833 ;;;***
17834 \f
17835 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17836 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17839 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17840 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17842 \(fn)" t nil)
17844 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17845 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17847 \(fn)" t nil)
17849 ;;;***
17850 \f
17851 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17852 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17853 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
17854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17856 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17857 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17858 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17860 \(fn)" t nil)
17862 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17863 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17864 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17865 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17866 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17867 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17868 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17870 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17872 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17873 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17874 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17875 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17876 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17877 means current).
17878 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17879 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17881 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17883 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17884 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17885 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17886 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17887 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17888 means current).
17889 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17890 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17892 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17894 ;;;***
17895 \f
17896 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17897 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17898 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17901 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17902 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17903 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17908 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17909 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17911 \(fn)" t nil)
17913 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17914 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17916 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17917 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17920 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17921 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17923 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17924 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17926 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17928 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17930 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17931 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17932 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17933 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17934 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17935 as `compose-mail'.
17937 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17938 initial Subject field, respectively.
17940 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17941 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17942 are strings.
17944 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17945 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17947 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17949 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17950 Save draft and send message.
17952 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17953 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17957 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17958 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17959 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17961 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17962 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17963 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17964 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17965 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17966 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17969 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17971 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17972 message and scan line.
17974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17976 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17977 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17979 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17980 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17982 delete the draft message.
17984 \(fn)" t nil)
17986 ;;;***
17987 \f
17988 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20709 26818
17989 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17990 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17992 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17994 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17996 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17998 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17999 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18001 \(fn)" t nil)
18003 ;;;***
18004 \f
18005 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18006 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18009 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18010 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18011 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18013 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18014 the MH mail system.
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18018 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18019 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18020 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18022 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18023 the MH mail system.
18025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18027 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18030 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18031 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18032 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18033 separate command.
18035 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18037 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18038 format.
18040 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18042 Ranges
18043 ======
18044 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18045 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18046 can be used in several ways.
18049 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18050 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18051 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18052 page):
18054 <num1>-<num2>
18055 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18056 The range must be nonempty.
18058 <num>:N
18059 <num>:+N
18060 <num>:-N
18061 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18062 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18063 last.
18065 first:N
18066 prev:N
18067 next:N
18068 last:N
18069 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18071 all
18072 All of the messages.
18074 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18075 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18077 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18078 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18079 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18083 \(fn)" t nil)
18085 ;;;***
18086 \f
18087 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18088 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18089 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18091 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18092 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18093 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18094 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18095 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18096 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18097 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18098 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18099 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18100 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18103 \(fn)" t nil)
18105 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18106 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18107 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18108 to its second argument TM.
18110 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18112 ;;;***
18113 \f
18114 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18115 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18118 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18119 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18120 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18122 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18123 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18125 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18127 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18128 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18129 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18130 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18131 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18133 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18134 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18135 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18136 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18137 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18138 is modified to remove the default indication.
18140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18142 ;;;***
18143 \f
18144 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18145 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18146 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18148 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18149 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18150 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18151 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18152 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18153 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18154 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18155 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18156 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18158 \(fn)" t nil)
18160 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18161 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18162 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18163 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18164 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18165 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18167 The return value is always nil.
18169 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18171 ;;;***
18172 \f
18173 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18174 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18175 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18177 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18179 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18180 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18182 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18183 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18184 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18185 next occurrence.
18187 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18188 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18189 end of the search space).
18191 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18192 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18193 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18194 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18195 should return the previous buffer to search.
18197 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18198 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18199 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18201 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18202 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18203 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18204 Isearch starts.")
18206 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18207 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18208 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18210 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18211 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18212 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18214 \(fn)" nil nil)
18216 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18217 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18218 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18219 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18220 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18221 whose names match the specified regexp.
18223 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18225 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18226 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18227 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18228 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18229 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18230 whose names match the specified regexp.
18232 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18234 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18235 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18236 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18237 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18238 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18239 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18240 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18242 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18244 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18245 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18246 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18247 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18248 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18249 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18250 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18252 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18254 ;;;***
18255 \f
18256 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18257 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18260 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18261 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18263 \(fn)" t nil)
18265 ;;;***
18266 \f
18267 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18268 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18271 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18272 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18274 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18276 ;;;***
18277 \f
18278 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18279 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18282 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18283 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18285 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18287 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18288 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18289 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18290 the entire message.
18291 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18293 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18298 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18301 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18302 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18303 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18304 the entire message.
18305 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18307 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18309 ;;;***
18310 \f
18311 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18312 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18315 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18316 Insert file contents of URL.
18317 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18319 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18321 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18322 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18324 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18326 ;;;***
18327 \f
18328 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18329 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18332 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18333 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18334 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18335 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18336 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18338 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18340 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18341 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18342 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18344 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18346 ;;;***
18347 \f
18348 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18349 ;;;;;; (20745 310 425822 0))
18350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18352 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18353 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18355 \(fn)" nil nil)
18357 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18358 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18359 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18363 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18365 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18366 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18370 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18372 ;;;***
18373 \f
18374 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18375 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18378 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18381 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18383 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18386 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18388 ;;;***
18389 \f
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18391 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18392 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20780 39352 990623 0))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18395 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18398 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18400 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18403 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18408 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18410 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18413 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18415 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18418 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18420 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18423 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18425 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18428 \(fn)" nil nil)
18430 ;;;***
18431 \f
18432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18433 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18434 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18436 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18438 ;;;***
18439 \f
18440 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18441 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18444 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18446 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18447 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18448 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18449 followed by the first character of the construct.
18466 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18467 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18468 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18470 \(fn)" t nil)
18472 ;;;***
18473 \f
18474 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18475 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18478 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18479 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18483 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18484 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18486 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18488 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18489 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18491 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18493 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18494 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18496 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18498 ;;;***
18499 \f
18500 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18501 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18504 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18508 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18509 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18511 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18512 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18513 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18516 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18518 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18519 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18520 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18521 hemisphere you're in.)
18523 To test this function, evaluate:
18524 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18526 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18528 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18531 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18534 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18535 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18536 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18539 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18541 To test this function, evaluate:
18542 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18544 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18546 ;;;***
18547 \f
18548 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18551 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18552 Main entry point for MPC.
18554 \(fn)" t nil)
18556 ;;;***
18557 \f
18558 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20709 26818 907104
18559 ;;;;;; 0))
18560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18562 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18563 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18565 \(fn)" t nil)
18567 ;;;***
18568 \f
18569 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18570 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18572 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18573 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18574 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18576 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18577 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18579 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18581 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18582 Toggle Msb mode.
18583 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18584 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18585 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18587 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18588 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18592 ;;;***
18593 \f
18594 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18595 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18596 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18597 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18598 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18599 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18600 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18602 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18603 Display a list of all character sets.
18605 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18606 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18607 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18608 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18609 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18611 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18612 but still shows the full information.
18614 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18616 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18617 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18618 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18620 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18621 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18622 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18623 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18624 meanings of these arguments.
18626 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18628 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18631 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18633 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18636 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18639 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18641 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18643 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18647 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18648 in place of `..':
18649 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18650 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18651 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18652 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18653 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18654 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18655 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18656 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18657 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18658 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18659 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18660 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18661 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18662 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18663 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18664 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18666 \(fn)" t nil)
18668 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18671 \(fn)" t nil)
18673 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display a list of all coding systems.
18675 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18677 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18678 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18682 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18683 Display a list of all coding categories.
18685 \(fn)" nil nil)
18687 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18689 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18691 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18693 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display information about FONTSET.
18695 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18697 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18699 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18700 Display a list of all fontsets.
18701 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18702 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18703 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18707 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18708 Display information about all input methods.
18710 \(fn)" t nil)
18712 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18715 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18716 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18717 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18718 system which uses fontsets).
18720 \(fn)" t nil)
18722 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18723 Show log of font listing and opening.
18724 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18725 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18727 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18729 ;;;***
18730 \f
18731 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18732 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18733 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18734 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18735 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18736 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
18737 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18739 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18740 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18742 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18743 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18745 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18746 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18748 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18750 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18751 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18752 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18753 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18754 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18755 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18756 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18758 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18759 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18760 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18761 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18762 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18763 middle of a character in STR.
18765 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18766 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18768 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18769 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18770 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18771 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18774 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18776 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18777 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18779 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18780 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18781 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18783 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18784 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18785 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18787 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18788 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18789 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18790 are considered.
18791 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18792 longer than KEYSEQ.
18793 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18795 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18797 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18798 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18799 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18800 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18801 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18802 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18803 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18804 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18805 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18806 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18807 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18809 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18811 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18812 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18814 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18816 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18817 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18819 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18821 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18822 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18824 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18826 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18827 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18829 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18832 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18833 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18834 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18835 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18837 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18838 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18840 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18841 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18842 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18843 coding systems ordered by priority.
18845 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18847 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18849 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18850 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18851 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18852 language environment LANG-ENV.
18854 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18856 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18857 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18858 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18859 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18860 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18861 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18863 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18865 ;;;***
18866 \f
18867 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add advice--add-function
18868 ;;;;;; add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18869 ;;;;;; "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20725 15032 264919 0))
18870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18872 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18875 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18877 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18878 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18880 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18882 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18883 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18884 FUNCTION describes the code to add. WHERE describes where to add it.
18885 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18886 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18887 call OLDFUN here:
18888 `:before' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18889 `:after' (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18890 `:around' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18891 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18892 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18893 `:after-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18894 `:after-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18895 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18896 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18897 a special meaning:
18898 - `name': a string or symbol. It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18900 PLACE cannot be a simple variable. Instead it should either be
18901 \(default-value 'VAR) or (local 'VAR) depending on whether FUNCTION
18902 should be applied to VAR buffer-locally or globally.
18904 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18905 is also interactive. There are 3 cases:
18906 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18907 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18908 argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18909 `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18910 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18912 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18914 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18917 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18919 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18920 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18921 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18922 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18924 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18926 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18927 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18928 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18929 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18930 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18931 of the piece of advice.
18933 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18935 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18936 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18937 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18938 of the piece of advice.
18940 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18942 ;;;***
18943 \f
18944 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18945 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18946 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18947 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20784
18948 ;;;;;; 36406 653593 0))
18949 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18951 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18952 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18954 \(fn)" t nil)
18956 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18957 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18959 \(fn)" t nil)
18961 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18962 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18964 \(fn)" t nil)
18966 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18967 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18969 \(fn)" t nil)
18971 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18972 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18974 \(fn)" t nil)
18976 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18977 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18979 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18981 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18982 Ping HOST.
18983 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18984 `ping-program-options'.
18986 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18988 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18989 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18991 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18993 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18994 Run nslookup program.
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18998 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18999 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19001 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19003 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19004 Run dig program.
19006 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19008 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19009 Run ftp program.
19011 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19013 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19014 Finger USER on HOST.
19016 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19018 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19019 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19020 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19021 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19023 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19025 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19028 \(fn)" t nil)
19030 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19031 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19033 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19035 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19036 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19038 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19040 ;;;***
19041 \f
19042 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709
19043 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19046 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19047 Return a user name/password pair.
19048 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19049 listed in the PORTS list.
19051 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19053 ;;;***
19054 \f
19055 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19056 ;;;;;; (20770 3512 176098 0))
19057 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19059 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19060 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19061 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19062 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19063 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19064 closes it.
19066 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19067 make it unique.
19068 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19069 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19070 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19071 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19072 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19073 a port number to connect to.
19075 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19076 values:
19078 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19079 nil or `network'
19080 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19081 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19082 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19083 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19084 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19085 an unencrypted connection.
19086 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19087 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19088 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19089 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19090 returned object is a killed process.
19091 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19092 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19093 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19095 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19096 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19097 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19098 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19099 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19100 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19101 or nil if none could be found.
19102 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19103 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19105 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19107 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19108 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19109 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19111 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19112 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19115 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19116 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19119 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19120 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19121 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19122 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19124 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19125 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19127 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19128 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19129 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19130 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19131 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19132 or STARTTLS connections.
19134 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19135 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19137 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19138 asynchronously, if possible.
19140 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19142 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19147 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19150 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19151 Check whether newsticker is running.
19152 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19153 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19155 \(fn)" nil nil)
19157 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19158 Start the newsticker.
19159 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19160 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19161 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19162 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19164 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19166 ;;;***
19167 \f
19168 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19169 ;;;;;; (20762 9398 526093 0))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19172 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19173 Start newsticker plainview.
19175 \(fn)" t nil)
19177 ;;;***
19178 \f
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19183 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19184 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19188 ;;;***
19189 \f
19190 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19191 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709 26818 907104
19192 ;;;;;; 0))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19195 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19196 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19197 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19198 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19199 empty.
19201 \(fn)" nil nil)
19203 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19204 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19205 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19206 running already.
19208 \(fn)" t nil)
19210 ;;;***
19211 \f
19212 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19213 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19216 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19217 Start newsticker treeview.
19219 \(fn)" t nil)
19221 ;;;***
19222 \f
19223 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19224 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19227 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19228 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19230 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709
19235 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19238 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19239 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19240 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19241 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19242 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19243 symbol in the alist.
19245 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19247 ;;;***
19248 \f
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19250 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19253 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19254 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19255 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19259 ;;;***
19260 \f
19261 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19262 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19265 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19266 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19268 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19270 ;;;***
19271 \f
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19273 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19276 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19278 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19279 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19280 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19282 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19285 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19287 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19288 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19289 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19290 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19291 to future sessions.
19293 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19295 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19296 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19297 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19298 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19299 future sessions.
19301 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19303 ;;;***
19304 \f
19305 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19306 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19307 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19309 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19310 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19312 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19313 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19314 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19316 \(fn)" t nil)
19318 ;;;***
19319 \f
19320 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19321 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19322 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19324 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19325 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19326 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19327 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19329 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19331 ;;;***
19332 \f
19333 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20763
19334 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
19335 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19337 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19338 Major mode for editing XML.
19341 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19342 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19344 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19345 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19346 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19351 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19353 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19354 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19355 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19356 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19357 instead of C-c.
19359 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19360 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19361 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19362 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19364 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19367 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19368 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19371 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19374 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19379 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19380 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19381 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19382 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19384 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19386 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19391 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19393 ;;;***
19394 \f
19395 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19396 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19399 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19400 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19401 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19402 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19404 \(fn)" t nil)
19406 ;;;***
19407 \f
19408 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19409 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19412 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19413 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19414 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19416 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19418 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19419 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19421 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19422 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19423 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19427 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19429 ;;;***
19430 \f
19431 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19432 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
19433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19435 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19436 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19438 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19439 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19440 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19441 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19443 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19444 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19445 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19446 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19447 is why you need this mode!).
19449 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19450 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19451 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19455 Keybindings
19456 ===========
19460 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19461 ==============================================
19463 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19464 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19465 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19467 `octave-block-offset'
19468 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19469 Default is 2.
19471 `octave-continuation-offset'
19472 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19473 Default is 4.
19475 `octave-continuation-string'
19476 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19477 Default is a backslash.
19479 `octave-send-echo-input'
19480 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19481 command to the inferior Octave process.
19483 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19484 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19485 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19487 `octave-send-echo-input'
19488 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19490 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19492 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19493 following lines to your init file:
19497 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19498 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19500 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19501 (lambda ()
19502 (abbrev-mode 1)
19503 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19506 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19507 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19508 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19510 \(fn)" t nil)
19512 ;;;***
19513 \f
19514 ;;;### (autoloads (opascal-mode) "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el"
19515 ;;;;;; (20746 21181 635406 0))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19518 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19520 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19528 Customization:
19530 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19531 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19532 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19533 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19534 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19535 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19536 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19537 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19538 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19539 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19540 Directories to search when finding external units.
19541 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19542 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19544 Coloring:
19546 `opascal-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
19547 Face used to color OPascal comments.
19548 `opascal-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
19549 Face used to color OPascal strings.
19550 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19551 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19552 `opascal-other-face' (default nil)
19553 Face used to color everything else.
19555 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19556 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19558 \(fn)" t nil)
19560 ;;;***
19561 \f
19562 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19563 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19564 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19565 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19566 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19567 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19568 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19569 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19571 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19572 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19574 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19576 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19577 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19578 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19579 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19580 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19582 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19584 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19585 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19587 \(fn)" nil nil)
19589 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19590 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19592 \(fn)" nil nil)
19594 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19595 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19598 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19599 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19600 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19601 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19602 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19603 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19604 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19605 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19606 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19607 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19609 The following commands are available:
19613 \(fn)" t nil)
19615 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19616 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19618 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19619 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19620 in special contexts.
19622 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19623 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19624 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19625 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19626 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19627 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19628 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19629 properties in the buffer.
19630 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19631 including any drawers.
19633 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19635 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19636 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19637 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19638 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19639 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19640 and zoom in further.
19641 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19642 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19644 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19645 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19646 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19647 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19648 times right after creating a new headline.
19650 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19651 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19652 is negative, go up that many levels.
19654 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19655 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19656 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19658 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19659 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19660 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19661 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19665 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19666 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19668 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19672 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19673 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19674 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19675 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19676 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19677 defined by Org-mode).
19679 M-up Move entry/item up
19680 M-down Move entry/item down
19681 M-left Promote
19682 M-right Demote
19683 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19684 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19685 M-S-left Promote subtree
19686 M-S-right Demote subtree
19687 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19688 C-c ^ Sort entries
19689 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19690 TAB Cycle item visibility
19691 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19692 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19693 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19697 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19698 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19700 \(fn)" nil nil)
19702 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19703 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19705 \(fn)" nil nil)
19707 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19708 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19709 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19710 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19711 call CMD.
19713 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19715 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19717 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19720 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19721 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19722 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19726 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19727 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19728 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19730 \(fn)" t nil)
19732 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19733 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19734 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19735 Org-mode syntax.
19737 \(fn)" t nil)
19739 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19740 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19742 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19744 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19745 Switch between Org buffers.
19746 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19747 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19749 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19750 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19754 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19756 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19758 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19759 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19760 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19761 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19763 \(fn)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19766 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19768 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19770 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19771 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19772 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19774 \(fn)" t nil)
19776 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19777 Reload all org lisp files.
19778 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19780 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19782 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19783 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19785 \(fn)" t nil)
19787 ;;;***
19788 \f
19789 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19790 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19791 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19792 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19793 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19794 ;;;;;; (20783 15545 430927 0))
19795 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19797 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19798 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19802 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19803 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19804 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19805 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19807 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19808 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19809 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19810 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19811 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19812 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19813 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19814 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19815 e Export views to associated files.
19816 s Search entries for keywords.
19817 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19818 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19819 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19820 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19821 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19822 > Remove a previous restriction.
19825 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19827 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19828 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19829 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19831 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19832 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19834 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19835 \(if active).
19837 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19839 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19840 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19841 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19842 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19843 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19844 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19845 before running the agenda command.
19847 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19849 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19850 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19851 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19852 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19853 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19854 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19855 before running the agenda command.
19857 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19858 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19860 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19862 category The category of the item
19863 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19864 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19865 todo selected in TODO match
19866 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19867 diary imported from diary
19868 deadline a deadline on given date
19869 scheduled scheduled on given date
19870 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19871 closed entry was closed on given date
19872 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19873 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19874 block entry has date block including g. date
19875 todo The todo keyword, if any
19876 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19877 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19878 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19879 extra Sting with extra planning info
19880 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19881 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19882 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19884 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19886 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19889 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19891 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19892 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19894 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19896 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19897 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19898 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19899 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19901 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19902 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19903 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19905 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19906 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19908 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19910 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19911 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19913 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19914 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19915 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19916 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19917 EDIT-AT.
19919 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19920 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19921 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19922 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19923 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19926 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19927 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19928 including newlines.
19930 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19931 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19932 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19933 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19934 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19935 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19936 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19938 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19940 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19941 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19943 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19944 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19945 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19946 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19947 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19948 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19949 Boolean search must match as full words.
19951 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19952 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19954 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19956 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19957 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19958 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19960 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19961 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19965 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19966 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19967 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19969 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19971 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19972 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19973 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19974 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19975 `org-stuck-projects'.
19977 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19980 Return diary information from org files.
19982 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19983 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19984 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19985 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19987 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19989 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19991 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19992 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19994 &%%(org-diary)
19996 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19997 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19998 So the example above may also be written as
20000 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20002 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20003 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20004 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20006 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20008 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20009 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20010 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20012 \(fn)" t nil)
20014 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20015 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20017 appointments.
20019 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20020 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20022 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20023 for filtering entries out.
20025 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20026 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20027 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20029 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20030 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20035 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20038 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20039 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20040 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20041 details and examples.
20043 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20044 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20046 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20048 ;;;***
20049 \f
20050 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20051 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20052 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20054 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20055 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20056 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20057 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20058 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
20059 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20060 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20061 in org-export-latex-classes.
20063 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20065 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20066 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20070 ;;;***
20071 \f
20072 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20073 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723
20074 ;;;;;; 59703 12265 0))
20075 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20077 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20080 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20082 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20083 Capture something.
20085 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20086 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20087 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20089 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20092 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20093 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20094 stored.
20096 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20098 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20099 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20100 will be bypassed.
20102 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20103 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20105 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20107 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20108 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20110 \(fn)" t nil)
20112 ;;;***
20113 \f
20114 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20115 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20116 ;;;;;; 410005 0))
20117 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20119 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20120 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20121 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20123 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20125 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20126 Write the column view table.
20127 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20129 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20130 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20131 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20132 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20133 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20135 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20136 using `org-id-find'.
20137 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20138 a hline before each level <= that number.
20139 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20140 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20141 :skip-empty-rows
20142 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20143 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20145 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20147 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20148 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20150 \(fn)" t nil)
20152 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20153 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20155 \(fn)" t nil)
20157 ;;;***
20158 \f
20159 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20160 ;;;;;; (20723 59703 12265 0))
20161 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20163 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20164 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20166 \(fn)" nil t)
20168 ;;;***
20169 \f
20170 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20171 ;;;;;; (20783 15545 430927 0))
20172 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20174 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20175 The release version of org-mode.
20176 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20178 \(fn)" nil nil)
20180 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20181 The Git version of org-mode.
20182 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20184 \(fn)" nil nil)
20186 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20187 The location of ODT styles.")
20189 ;;;***
20190 \f
20191 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20192 ;;;;;; (20773 35190 350513 0))
20193 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20194 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20195 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20197 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20198 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20199 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20200 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20202 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20203 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20204 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20205 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20218 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20219 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20223 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20224 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20228 The subheadings remain visible.
20231 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20232 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20233 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20235 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20236 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20238 \(fn)" t nil)
20240 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20241 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20246 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20249 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20251 ;;;***
20252 \f
20253 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20254 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20255 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20256 ;;;;;; (20764 51137 83502 0))
20257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20259 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20260 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20261 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20262 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20266 activate the package system at any time.")
20268 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20270 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20271 Install the package named NAME.
20272 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20273 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20275 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20277 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20278 Install a package from the current buffer.
20279 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20280 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20281 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20283 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20284 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20285 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20287 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20289 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20290 Install a package from a file.
20291 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20293 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20295 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20296 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20297 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20298 makes them available for download.
20300 \(fn)" t nil)
20302 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20303 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20304 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20305 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20307 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20309 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20310 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20312 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20314 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20315 Display a list of packages.
20316 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20317 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20318 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20320 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20322 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20324 ;;;***
20325 \f
20326 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20738 27061
20327 ;;;;;; 124069 0))
20328 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20330 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20331 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20332 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20334 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20335 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20337 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20339 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20340 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20341 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20342 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20343 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20345 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20346 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20347 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20351 ;;;***
20352 \f
20353 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20354 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20355 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20356 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20358 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20359 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20360 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20361 unknown are returned as nil.
20363 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20365 ;;;***
20366 \f
20367 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20746
20368 ;;;;;; 21181 635406 0))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20371 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20373 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20375 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20378 Other useful functions are:
20390 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20392 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20393 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20394 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20395 Indentation for case statements.
20396 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20397 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20398 mark after an end.
20399 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20400 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20401 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20402 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20403 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20404 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20405 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20406 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20407 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20408 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20410 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20411 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20413 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20414 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20416 \(fn)" t nil)
20418 ;;;***
20419 \f
20420 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20421 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709 26818 907104
20422 ;;;;;; 0))
20423 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20425 (defvar password-cache t "\
20426 Whether to cache passwords.")
20428 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20430 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20431 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20432 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20434 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20436 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20437 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20439 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20441 ;;;***
20442 \f
20443 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20444 ;;;;;; (20717 20920 410005 0))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20447 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20448 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20449 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20451 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20452 _ matches anything.
20453 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20454 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20455 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20456 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20457 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20458 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20459 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20460 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20461 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20464 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20465 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20466 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20467 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20468 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20469 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20471 PRED can take the form
20472 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20473 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20474 which is the value being matched.
20475 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20476 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20477 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20478 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20479 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20481 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20483 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20485 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20486 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20487 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20488 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20490 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20492 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20494 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20495 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20496 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20497 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20499 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20501 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20503 ;;;***
20504 \f
20505 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709
20506 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20507 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20510 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514 ;;;***
20515 \f
20516 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20517 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20518 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20521 Completion for `gzip'.
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20525 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20526 Completion for `bzip2'.
20528 \(fn)" nil nil)
20530 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20531 Completion for GNU `make'.
20533 \(fn)" nil nil)
20535 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20536 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20538 \(fn)" nil nil)
20540 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20542 ;;;***
20543 \f
20544 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20545 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20546 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20549 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20551 \(fn)" nil nil)
20553 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20554 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20556 \(fn)" nil nil)
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20559 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20561 \(fn)" nil nil)
20563 ;;;***
20564 \f
20565 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709
20566 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20567 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20569 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20570 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20572 \(fn)" nil nil)
20574 ;;;***
20575 \f
20576 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20577 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20578 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20579 ;;;;;; 0))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20583 Completion for `cd'.
20585 \(fn)" nil nil)
20587 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20590 Completion for `rmdir'.
20592 \(fn)" nil nil)
20594 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20595 Completion for `rm'.
20597 \(fn)" nil nil)
20599 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20600 Completion for `xargs'.
20602 \(fn)" nil nil)
20604 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20606 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20607 Completion for `which'.
20609 \(fn)" nil nil)
20611 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20612 Completion for the `chown' command.
20614 \(fn)" nil nil)
20616 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20617 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20619 \(fn)" nil nil)
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20622 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20624 \(fn)" nil nil)
20626 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20627 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20628 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20630 \(fn)" nil nil)
20632 ;;;***
20633 \f
20634 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20635 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20636 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709
20637 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20638 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20640 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20641 Support extensible programmable completion.
20642 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20643 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20645 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20647 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20648 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20650 \(fn)" t nil)
20652 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20653 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20654 This will modify the current buffer.
20656 \(fn)" t nil)
20658 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20659 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20661 \(fn)" t nil)
20663 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20664 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20665 This will modify the current buffer.
20667 \(fn)" t nil)
20669 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20670 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20672 \(fn)" t nil)
20674 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20675 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20677 \(fn)" t nil)
20679 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20680 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20681 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20682 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20683 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20685 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20687 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20688 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20690 \(fn)" nil nil)
20692 ;;;***
20693 \f
20694 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20695 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20696 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20717 20920 410005 0))
20697 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20699 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20700 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20701 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20702 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20704 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20706 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20708 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20709 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20710 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20712 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20713 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20714 FLAGS is ignored.
20716 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20718 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20719 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20720 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20721 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20722 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20724 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20725 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20727 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20729 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20730 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20731 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20734 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20735 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20736 passed to cvs.
20738 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20740 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20741 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20742 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20743 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20745 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20746 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20748 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20750 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20751 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20752 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20754 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20756 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20757 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20758 A value of nil means never do it.
20759 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20760 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20761 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20763 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20765 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20766 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20767 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20769 ;;;***
20770 \f
20771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20772 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20773 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20775 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20776 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20778 ;;;***
20779 \f
20780 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20781 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20783 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20784 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20785 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20786 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20787 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20788 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20790 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20791 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20792 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20793 Tab indents for Perl code.
20795 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20798 Variables controlling indentation style:
20799 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20800 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20801 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20802 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20803 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20804 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20805 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20806 `perl-nochange'
20807 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20808 `perl-indent-level'
20809 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20810 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20811 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20812 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20813 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20814 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20815 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20816 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20817 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20818 `perl-brace-offset'
20819 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20820 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20821 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20822 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20823 `perl-label-offset'
20824 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20825 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20826 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20828 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20829 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20830 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20831 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20832 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20833 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20834 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20836 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20838 \(fn)" t nil)
20840 ;;;***
20841 \f
20842 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20843 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20844 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20846 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20847 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20849 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20850 afterwards settable by these commands:
20867 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20868 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20869 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20870 with these commands:
20874 Move to column following last
20882 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20884 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20888 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20891 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20896 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20899 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20909 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20910 by supplying an argument.
20912 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20914 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20915 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20917 \(fn)" t nil)
20919 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20921 ;;;***
20922 \f
20923 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20924 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20927 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20928 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20930 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20932 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20933 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20935 \(fn)" t nil)
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20940 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20943 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20944 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20945 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20947 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20949 ;;;***
20950 \f
20951 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104
20952 ;;;;;; 0))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20955 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20956 Play pong and waste time.
20957 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20958 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20964 \(fn)" t nil)
20966 ;;;***
20967 \f
20968 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818
20969 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20972 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20973 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20974 Use streaming commands.
20976 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20978 ;;;***
20979 \f
20980 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20981 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20982 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
20983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20985 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20986 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20987 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20988 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20990 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20992 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20993 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20995 \(fn)" nil nil)
20997 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20998 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20999 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21000 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21001 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21003 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21005 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21006 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21007 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21009 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21011 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21012 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21014 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21016 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21017 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21018 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21019 Ignores leading comment characters.
21021 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21023 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21024 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21025 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21026 Ignores leading comment characters.
21028 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21030 ;;;***
21031 \f
21032 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21033 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21034 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21035 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21036 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21037 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21038 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21039 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21040 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21041 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21042 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21043 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21044 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21045 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21046 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21047 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21048 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21049 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21050 ;;;;;; (20721 17977 14204 0))
21051 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21053 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21054 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21056 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21060 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21062 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21063 Preview directory using ghostview.
21065 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21066 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21067 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21068 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21070 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21071 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21072 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21073 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21074 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21075 file name.
21077 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21079 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21081 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21082 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21084 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21085 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21086 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21087 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21089 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21090 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21091 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21092 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21093 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21094 file name.
21096 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21098 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21101 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21103 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21104 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21105 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21106 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21108 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21109 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21110 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21111 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21112 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21113 file name.
21115 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21117 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21119 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21120 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21122 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21124 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21125 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21126 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21127 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21129 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21130 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21131 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21132 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21133 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21134 file name.
21136 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21138 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21140 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21141 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21143 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21144 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21145 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21147 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21148 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21149 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21150 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21152 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21155 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21157 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21158 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21159 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21161 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21162 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21163 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21164 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21166 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21169 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21171 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21172 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21173 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21175 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21176 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21177 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21178 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21180 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21183 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21185 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21187 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21188 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21189 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21191 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21192 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21193 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21194 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21196 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21199 Preview region using ghostview.
21201 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21203 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21206 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21208 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21210 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21213 Print region using PostScript printer.
21215 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21217 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21220 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21222 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21224 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21227 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21229 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21231 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21234 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21236 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21238 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21240 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21241 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21243 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21245 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21248 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21250 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21252 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21255 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21256 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21257 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21259 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21260 matching.
21262 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21263 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21265 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21267 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21270 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21271 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21272 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21277 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21278 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21279 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21281 \(fn)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21284 Print directory using text printer.
21286 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21287 matching.
21289 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21290 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21292 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21294 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21296 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21297 Print buffer using text printer.
21299 \(fn)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21302 Print region using text printer.
21304 \(fn)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21307 Print major mode using text printer.
21309 \(fn)" t nil)
21311 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21312 Preview spooled PostScript.
21314 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21315 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21316 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21318 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21319 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21320 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21322 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21324 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21325 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21327 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21328 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21329 instead of sending it to the printer.
21331 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21332 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21333 image in a file with that name.
21335 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21338 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21340 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21341 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21342 instead of sending it to the printer.
21344 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21345 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21346 image in a file with that name.
21348 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21350 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21351 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21353 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21354 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21355 instead of sending it to the printer.
21357 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21358 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21359 image in a file with that name.
21361 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21364 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21366 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21368 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21369 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21371 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21374 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21376 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21379 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21381 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21383 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21384 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21386 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21388 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21389 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21391 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21392 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21393 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21394 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21396 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21397 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21398 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21399 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21400 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21401 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21402 file name.
21404 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21406 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21407 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21411 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21412 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21414 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21415 right.
21416 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21417 bottom.
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21421 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21422 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21427 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21431 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21432 Toggle printing with faces.
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21436 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21437 Toggle spooling.
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21441 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21442 Toggle duplex.
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21446 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21447 Toggle tumble.
21449 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21450 right.
21451 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21452 bottom.
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21456 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21457 Toggle landscape.
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21461 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21462 Toggle upside-down.
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21466 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21467 Toggle line number.
21469 \(fn)" t nil)
21471 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21472 Toggle zebra stripes.
21474 \(fn)" t nil)
21476 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21477 Toggle printing header.
21479 \(fn)" t nil)
21481 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21482 Toggle printing header frame.
21484 \(fn)" t nil)
21486 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21487 Toggle menu lock.
21489 \(fn)" t nil)
21491 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21492 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21494 \(fn)" t nil)
21496 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21497 Toggle auto mode.
21499 \(fn)" t nil)
21501 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21502 Customization of the `printing' group.
21504 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21506 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21507 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21509 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21511 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21512 Help for the printing package.
21514 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21516 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21517 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21519 \(fn)" t nil)
21521 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21522 Interactively select a text printer.
21524 \(fn)" t nil)
21526 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21527 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21529 \(fn)" t nil)
21531 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21532 Show current ps-print settings.
21534 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21536 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21537 Show current printing settings.
21539 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21541 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21542 Show current lpr settings.
21544 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21546 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21547 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21549 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21550 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21551 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21552 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21555 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21557 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21558 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21559 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21561 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21562 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21563 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21564 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21565 current active printer.
21567 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21568 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21569 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21570 printer.
21572 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21573 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21574 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21575 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21576 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21579 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21580 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21582 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21584 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21585 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21586 be done using the new current active printer.
21588 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21589 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21590 printer.
21592 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21593 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21594 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21595 instead of sending it to the printer.
21597 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21598 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21599 printer.
21601 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21604 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21605 are both set to t.
21607 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21609 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21610 Fast fire function for text printing.
21612 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21613 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21614 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21615 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21617 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21618 user for a new active text printer.
21620 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21622 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21624 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21625 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21626 printer.
21628 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21630 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21631 are both set to t.
21633 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21635 ;;;***
21636 \f
21637 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104
21638 ;;;;;; 0))
21639 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21641 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21642 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21644 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21645 the process information.
21647 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21649 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21650 Proced buffers.
21652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21654 ;;;***
21655 \f
21656 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21657 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21658 ;;;;;; (20752 27211 244736 501000))
21659 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21661 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21662 Start/restart profilers.
21663 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21664 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21665 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21667 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21669 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21670 Open profile FILENAME.
21672 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21674 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21675 Open profile FILENAME.
21677 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21679 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21680 Open profile FILENAME.
21682 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21684 ;;;***
21685 \f
21686 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21687 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21690 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21691 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21693 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21694 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21696 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21698 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21701 Commands:
21703 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21704 if that value is non-nil.
21706 \(fn)" t nil)
21708 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21709 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21710 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21715 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21716 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21718 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21720 ;;;***
21721 \f
21722 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20709
21723 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
21724 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21726 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21727 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21730 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21732 ;;;***
21733 \f
21734 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777
21735 ;;;;;; 63161 848428 0))
21736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21738 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21739 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21741 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21743 The following variables hold user options, and can
21744 be set through the `customize' command:
21746 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21747 `ps-mode-tab'
21748 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21749 `ps-mode-print-function'
21750 `ps-run-prompt'
21751 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21752 `ps-run-x'
21753 `ps-run-dumb'
21754 `ps-run-init'
21755 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21756 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21765 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21766 The keymap for this second window is:
21771 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21772 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21773 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21774 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21775 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21777 \(fn)" t nil)
21779 ;;;***
21780 \f
21781 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21782 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21783 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21784 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21785 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21786 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20721
21787 ;;;;;; 17977 14204 0))
21788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21790 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21791 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21792 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21794 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21796 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21797 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21798 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21799 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21801 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21803 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21804 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21806 Valid values are:
21808 nil Do not print colors.
21810 t Print colors.
21812 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21813 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21815 Any other value is treated as t.")
21817 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21819 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21820 Customization of ps-print group.
21822 \(fn)" t nil)
21824 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21825 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21827 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21828 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21829 sending it to the printer.
21831 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21832 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21833 image in a file with that name.
21835 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21838 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21839 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21840 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21841 so it has a way to determine color values.
21843 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21846 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21847 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21849 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21851 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21852 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21853 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21854 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21855 so it has a way to determine color values.
21857 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21860 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21861 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21862 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21864 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21866 \(fn)" t nil)
21868 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21869 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21870 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21871 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21872 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21874 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21876 \(fn)" t nil)
21878 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21879 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21880 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21882 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21884 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21887 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21888 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21889 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21890 so it has a way to determine color values.
21892 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21894 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21896 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21897 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21899 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21900 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21901 instead of sending it to the printer.
21903 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21904 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21905 image in a file with that name.
21907 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21910 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21911 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21915 \(fn)" t nil)
21917 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21918 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21919 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21921 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21923 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21924 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21925 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21927 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21929 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21930 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21932 \(fn)" nil nil)
21934 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21935 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21937 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21938 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21940 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21941 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21943 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21945 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21947 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21949 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21950 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21952 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21953 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21955 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21956 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21958 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21960 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21962 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21964 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21965 foreground and background colors respectively.
21967 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21968 bold - use bold font.
21969 italic - use italic font.
21970 underline - put a line under text.
21971 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21972 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21973 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21974 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21975 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21977 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21979 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21981 ;;;***
21982 \f
21983 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21984 ;;;;;; (20774 51843 230245 0))
21985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21989 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21991 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21992 Run an inferior Python process.
21993 Input and output via buffer named after
21994 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21995 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21997 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21998 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21999 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
22000 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22002 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22004 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22006 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22008 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22009 Major mode for editing Python files.
22012 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
22013 if that value is non-nil.
22015 \(fn)" t nil)
22017 ;;;***
22018 \f
22019 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22020 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22023 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22024 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22025 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22026 coding-system.
22028 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22031 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22032 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22033 them into characters should be done separately.
22035 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22037 ;;;***
22038 \f
22039 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22040 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22041 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22042 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22043 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22044 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22046 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22047 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22049 \(fn)" nil nil)
22051 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22052 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22053 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22055 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22056 `quail-activate', which see.
22058 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22060 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22061 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22062 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22063 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22064 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22065 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22066 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22068 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22069 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22070 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22071 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22072 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22073 shown.
22074 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22076 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22077 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22080 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22081 list of candidates.
22083 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22084 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22085 command to be called.
22087 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22088 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22089 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22090 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22092 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22093 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22094 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22095 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22096 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22097 to t.
22099 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22100 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22101 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22102 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22104 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22105 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22106 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22107 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22109 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22110 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22111 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22112 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22113 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22114 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22116 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22117 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22120 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22123 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22124 covers Quail translation region.
22126 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22127 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22128 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22129 for it) is inserted.
22131 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22132 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22133 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22135 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22136 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22137 non-Quail commands.
22139 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22141 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22142 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22144 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22145 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22146 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22147 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22148 you type is correctly handled.
22150 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22152 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22153 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22155 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22156 keyboard type.
22158 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22160 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22161 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22162 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22163 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22164 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22165 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22166 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22167 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22168 for the translation.
22169 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22171 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22172 it is used to handle KEY.
22174 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22175 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22176 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22177 the following annotation types are supported.
22179 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22180 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22182 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22183 candidate list.
22185 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22186 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22187 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22188 inserted.
22190 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22191 generated for the following translations.
22193 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22195 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22196 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22198 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22199 which to install MAP.
22201 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22203 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22205 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22206 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22208 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22209 which to install MAP.
22211 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22213 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22215 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22216 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22217 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22218 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22219 a function, or a cons.
22220 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22221 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22222 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22223 for the translation.
22224 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22225 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22226 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22227 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22228 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22230 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22231 it is used to handle KEY.
22233 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22234 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22235 current Quail package.
22237 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22238 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22240 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22242 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22243 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22245 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22246 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22248 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22250 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22251 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22253 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22255 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22256 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22257 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22258 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22259 of the Emacs source tree.
22261 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22264 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22265 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22266 of each directory.
22268 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22270 ;;;***
22271 \f
22272 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22273 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22274 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20764
22275 ;;;;;; 51137 83502 0))
22276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22278 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22279 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22280 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22281 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22283 To make use of this do something like:
22285 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22287 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22289 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22290 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22292 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22293 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22294 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22296 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22298 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22299 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22301 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22303 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22304 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22306 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22307 is decided.
22309 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22311 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22312 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22314 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22315 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22316 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22318 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22320 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22321 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22323 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22325 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22326 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22328 \(fn)" t nil)
22330 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22331 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22333 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22337 \(fn)" t nil)
22339 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22340 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22342 \(fn)" t nil)
22344 ;;;***
22345 \f
22346 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22347 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20770 3512 176098 0))
22348 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22350 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22351 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22353 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22355 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22359 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22361 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22364 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22366 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22367 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22368 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22370 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22371 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22373 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22375 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22376 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22377 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22378 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22379 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22383 ;;;***
22384 \f
22385 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709
22386 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22387 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22389 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22390 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22393 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22395 ;;;***
22396 \f
22397 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22398 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22401 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22403 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22404 Construct a regexp interactively.
22407 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22410 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22412 \(fn)" t nil)
22414 ;;;***
22415 \f
22416 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20709 26818
22417 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22420 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22421 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22422 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22424 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22425 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22427 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22429 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22432 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22433 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22437 were operated on recently.
22439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22441 ;;;***
22442 \f
22443 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22444 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22445 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22446 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22447 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22450 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22451 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22452 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22453 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22454 ends.
22456 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22457 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22458 to be deleted.
22460 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22462 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22463 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22464 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22466 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22467 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22468 deleted.
22470 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22472 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22473 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22474 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22476 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22478 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22479 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22481 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22482 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22484 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22485 deleted.
22487 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22488 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22489 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22490 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22491 even beep.)
22493 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22495 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22496 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22498 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22500 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22501 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22503 \(fn)" t nil)
22505 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22506 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22507 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22508 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22509 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22510 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22511 and point is at the lower right corner.
22513 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22515 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22516 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22518 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22519 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22521 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22522 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22523 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22525 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22527 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22529 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22530 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22531 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22532 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22533 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22535 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22536 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22538 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22540 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22541 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22542 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22544 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22546 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22548 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22550 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22551 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22553 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22554 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22555 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22557 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22559 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22560 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22561 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22563 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22564 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22565 rectangle which were empty.
22567 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22569 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22570 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22572 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22573 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22574 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22575 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22577 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22579 ;;;***
22580 \f
22581 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20709
22582 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22585 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22586 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22588 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22589 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22591 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22592 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22593 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22594 auto-filling.
22598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22600 ;;;***
22601 \f
22602 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22603 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20777 63161
22604 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22607 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22608 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22610 \(fn)" nil nil)
22612 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22619 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22620 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22624 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22627 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22628 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22631 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22632 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22634 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22638 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22639 on the menu bar.
22641 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22645 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22646 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22647 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22649 \(fn)" nil nil)
22651 ;;;***
22652 \f
22653 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22654 ;;;;;; (20734 30007 218637 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22657 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22658 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22659 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22661 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22662 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22664 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22666 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22668 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22669 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22671 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22672 `reftex-cite-format'.
22674 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22675 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22676 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22677 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22679 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22681 ;;;***
22682 \f
22683 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22684 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22687 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22688 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22689 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22690 the current TeX document.
22692 With no argument, this command toggles
22693 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22694 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22698 ;;;***
22699 \f
22700 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22701 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22704 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22705 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22706 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22708 To insert new phrases, use
22712 To index phrases use one of:
22723 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22725 Here are all local bindings.
22729 \(fn)" t nil)
22731 ;;;***
22732 \f
22733 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22734 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22737 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22738 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22739 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22740 of master file.
22742 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22744 ;;;***
22745 \f
22746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20734
22747 ;;;;;; 30007 218637 0))
22748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22749 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22750 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22751 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22752 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22754 ;;;***
22755 \f
22756 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22757 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22760 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22761 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22762 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22763 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22764 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22765 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22770 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22772 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22775 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22777 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22778 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22779 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22780 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22782 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22784 ;;;***
22785 \f
22786 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22787 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22788 ;;;;;; (20748 62911 684442 0))
22789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22791 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22792 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22793 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22794 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22796 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22798 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22800 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22801 Call `remember' in another frame.
22803 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22805 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22806 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22807 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22809 \(fn)" t nil)
22811 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22812 Extract diary entries from the region.
22814 \(fn)" nil nil)
22816 ;;;***
22817 \f
22818 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104
22819 ;;;;;; 0))
22820 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22822 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22823 Repeat most recently executed command.
22824 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22825 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22826 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22828 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22829 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22830 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22831 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22833 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22837 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22839 ;;;***
22840 \f
22841 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22842 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22845 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22846 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22848 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22849 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22850 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22851 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22852 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22853 and point is left after the salutation.
22855 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22856 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22857 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22858 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22859 left after that text.
22861 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22862 is non-nil.
22864 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22865 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22866 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22867 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22869 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22871 ;;;***
22872 \f
22873 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22874 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22877 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22878 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22879 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22880 visibility of comments that precede it.
22881 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22882 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22883 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22884 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22885 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22886 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22887 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22888 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22889 the comment lines.
22890 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22891 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22892 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22893 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22894 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22898 ;;;***
22899 \f
22900 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22901 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22902 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22904 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22905 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22908 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22910 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22911 reveals invisible text around point.
22913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22915 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22916 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22917 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22919 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22920 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22922 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22924 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22925 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22926 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22934 ;;;***
22935 \f
22936 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22937 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22940 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22941 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22943 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22945 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22946 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22948 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22950 ;;;***
22951 \f
22952 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20709 26818
22953 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
22954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22956 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22957 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22958 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22959 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22961 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22963 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22964 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22965 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22966 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22968 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22969 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22971 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22972 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22974 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22975 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22976 INPUT-ARGS.
22978 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22979 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22980 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22981 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22982 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22984 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22985 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22986 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22987 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22989 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22990 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22991 variable.
22993 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22995 ;;;***
22996 \f
22997 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22998 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22999 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23000 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23001 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
23002 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20762 9398 526093
23003 ;;;;;; 0))
23004 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23006 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23007 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23009 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23011 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23013 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23014 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23015 Its name should end with a slash.")
23017 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23018 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23020 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23021 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23022 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23024 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23026 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23027 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23028 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23029 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23030 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23031 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23032 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23034 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23035 sent by you under different user names.
23036 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23038 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23040 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23042 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23044 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23045 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23046 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23047 explicitly.")
23049 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23051 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23052 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23053 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23054 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23055 which normally happens once for each message,
23056 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23057 To make a change in this variable take effect
23058 for a message that you have already viewed,
23061 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23063 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23064 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23065 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23066 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23068 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23070 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23071 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23073 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23076 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23077 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23079 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23081 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23082 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23083 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23084 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23085 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23088 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23090 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23091 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23093 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23096 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23098 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23100 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23101 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23103 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23104 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23106 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23108 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23109 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23111 This is set to nil by default.")
23113 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23114 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23115 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23116 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23117 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23118 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23119 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23121 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23122 Read and edit incoming mail.
23123 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23124 file in RMAIL Mode.
23127 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23128 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23129 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23130 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23132 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23134 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23136 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23138 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23139 Instead, these commands are available:
23155 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23156 till a deleted message is found.
23157 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23170 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23175 (label defaults to last one specified).
23176 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23186 \(fn)" t nil)
23188 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23189 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23191 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23193 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23194 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23196 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23198 ;;;***
23199 \f
23200 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23201 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23202 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23204 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23206 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23207 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23208 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23209 case it writes Babyl.
23211 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23212 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23213 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23214 `rmail-default-file'.
23216 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23217 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23218 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23220 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23221 the header display is currently pruned.
23223 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23224 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23225 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23226 messages after output.
23228 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23230 message (if writing a file directly).
23232 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23233 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23235 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23237 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23238 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23239 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23240 i) the header is output as currently seen
23241 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23242 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23244 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23245 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23246 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23248 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23250 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23251 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23252 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23254 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23255 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23256 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23258 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23259 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23260 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23262 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23264 ;;;***
23265 \f
23266 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23267 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23268 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23270 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23271 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23272 Return a pattern.
23274 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23276 ;;;***
23277 \f
23278 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23279 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23280 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23282 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23283 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23284 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23285 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23287 \(fn)" t nil)
23289 ;;;***
23290 \f
23291 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23292 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23295 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23296 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23298 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23299 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23300 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23301 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23302 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23304 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23305 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23306 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23307 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23309 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23310 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23312 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23313 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23314 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23315 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23316 to use for finding the schema.
23318 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709
23323 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23326 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23328 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23329 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23330 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23331 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23332 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23333 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23334 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23335 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23336 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23337 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23338 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23339 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23340 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23341 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23342 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23343 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23344 must be equal.
23346 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23348 ;;;***
23349 \f
23350 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23351 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23354 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23355 Define a robin package.
23357 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23358 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23359 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23360 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23362 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23363 one replaces the old one.
23365 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23367 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23368 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23370 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23371 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23372 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23374 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23376 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23377 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23379 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23381 ;;;***
23382 \f
23383 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23384 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20709 26818 907104
23385 ;;;;;; 0))
23386 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23388 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23389 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23391 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23393 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23394 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23396 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23398 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23399 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23401 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23403 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23404 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23405 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23407 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23408 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23409 in ROT13.
23411 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23413 \(fn)" t nil)
23415 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23416 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23418 \(fn)" t nil)
23420 ;;;***
23421 \f
23422 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23423 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23427 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23428 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23431 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23432 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23433 highlighting.
23437 \(fn)" t nil)
23439 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23440 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23445 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23446 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23447 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23451 ;;;***
23452 \f
23453 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23454 ;;;;;; (20764 51137 83502 0))
23455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23457 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23458 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23460 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23461 nesting into account.
23463 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23467 \(fn)" t nil)
23475 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23477 ;;;***
23478 \f
23479 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20709
23480 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23481 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23483 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23484 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23485 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23487 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23488 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23489 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23490 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23491 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23495 ;;;***
23496 \f
23497 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709
23498 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23501 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23502 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23503 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23504 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23506 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23508 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23509 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23510 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23512 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23513 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23514 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23516 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23517 notation.
23519 STRING
23520 matches string STRING literally.
23522 CHAR
23523 matches character CHAR literally.
23525 `not-newline', `nonl'
23526 matches any character except a newline.
23528 `anything'
23529 matches any character
23531 `(any SET ...)'
23532 `(in SET ...)'
23533 `(char SET ...)'
23534 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23535 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23536 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23538 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23539 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23540 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23541 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23543 `(not (any SET ...))'
23544 matches any character not in SET ...
23546 `line-start', `bol'
23547 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23548 in the text being matched
23550 `line-end', `eol'
23551 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23553 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23554 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23555 string being matched against.
23557 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23558 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23559 string being matched against.
23561 `buffer-start'
23562 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23563 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23565 `buffer-end'
23566 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23567 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23569 `point'
23570 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23572 `word-start', `bow'
23573 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23575 `word-end', `eow'
23576 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23578 `word-boundary'
23579 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23580 word.
23582 `(not word-boundary)'
23583 `not-word-boundary'
23584 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23585 word.
23587 `symbol-start'
23588 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23590 `symbol-end'
23591 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23593 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23594 matches 0 through 9.
23596 `control', `cntrl'
23597 matches ASCII control characters.
23599 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23600 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23602 `blank'
23603 matches space and tab only.
23605 `graphic', `graph'
23606 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23607 space, and DEL.
23609 `printing', `print'
23610 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23611 and DEL.
23613 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23614 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23615 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23617 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23618 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23619 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23621 `ascii'
23622 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23624 `nonascii'
23625 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23627 `lower', `lower-case'
23628 matches anything lower-case.
23630 `upper', `upper-case'
23631 matches anything upper-case.
23633 `punctuation', `punct'
23634 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23635 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23637 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23638 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23640 `word', `wordchar'
23641 matches anything that has word syntax.
23643 `not-wordchar'
23644 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23646 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23647 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23648 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23667 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23668 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23670 `(category CATEGORY)'
23671 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23672 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23714 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23715 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23717 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23718 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23719 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23720 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23721 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23723 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23724 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23725 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23726 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23728 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23729 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23730 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23731 group number N.
23733 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23734 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23735 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23736 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23737 regular expression.
23739 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23740 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23742 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23743 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23745 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23746 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23748 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23749 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23751 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23752 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23753 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23755 `(* SEXP ...)'
23756 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23757 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23759 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23760 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23761 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23763 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23764 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23765 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23767 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23768 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23770 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23771 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23773 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23774 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23775 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23776 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23778 `(? SEXP ...)'
23779 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23781 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23782 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23784 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23785 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23786 matches N occurrences.
23788 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23789 matches N or more occurrences.
23791 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23792 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23793 matches N to M occurrences.
23795 `(backref N)'
23796 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23798 `(eval FORM)'
23799 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23800 `regexp-quote' it.
23802 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23803 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23805 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23807 ;;;***
23808 \f
23809 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20709
23810 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23813 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23814 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23815 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23817 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23818 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23820 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23822 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23823 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23824 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23825 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23826 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23828 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23829 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23830 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23831 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23833 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23834 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23835 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23839 ;;;***
23840 \f
23841 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23842 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23845 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23846 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23847 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23849 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23850 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23851 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23852 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23854 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23856 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23858 Commands:
23859 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23860 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23862 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23863 if that value is non-nil.
23865 \(fn)" t nil)
23867 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23868 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23869 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23871 Commands:
23872 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23873 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23875 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23876 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23877 that variable's value is a string.
23879 \(fn)" t nil)
23881 ;;;***
23882 \f
23883 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23884 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23887 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23888 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23889 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23893 \(fn)" t nil)
23895 ;;;***
23896 \f
23897 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23898 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23899 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23901 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23902 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23903 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23906 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23908 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23910 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23911 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23916 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23917 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23921 ;;;***
23922 \f
23923 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23924 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
23925 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23927 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23928 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23929 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23930 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23931 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23932 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23933 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23934 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23938 ;;;***
23939 \f
23940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20709 26818 907104
23941 ;;;;;; 0))
23942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23943 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23944 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23946 ;;;***
23947 \f
23948 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23949 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20748 62911 684442 0))
23950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23952 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23953 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23954 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23956 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23957 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23958 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23959 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23960 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23961 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23962 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23963 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23964 keybinding for tag names.
23965 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23966 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23967 of the symbol under point.
23968 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23969 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23970 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23971 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23972 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23973 syntax tokens.
23974 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23976 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23978 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23979 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23980 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23982 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23983 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23985 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23987 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23988 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23990 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23991 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23993 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23994 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23995 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23996 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23997 Semantic mode.
24001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24003 ;;;***
24004 \f
24005 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
24006 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24007 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24009 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24010 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24012 \(fn)" t nil)
24014 ;;;***
24015 \f
24016 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
24017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24020 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24021 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24023 \(fn)" t nil)
24025 ;;;***
24026 \f
24027 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24028 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
24029 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24030 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24031 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24032 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24033 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24034 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24035 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
24036 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24038 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24041 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24042 king@grassland.com
24043 If `parens', they look like:
24044 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24045 If `angles', they look like:
24046 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24048 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24049 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24051 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24053 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24054 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24055 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24056 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24058 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24059 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24060 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24061 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24063 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24065 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24066 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24067 This is done when the message is initialized,
24068 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24070 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24072 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24073 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24074 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24076 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24078 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24079 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24080 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24081 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24082 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24083 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24084 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24086 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24088 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24089 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24091 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24093 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24094 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24095 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24096 be a Babyl file.")
24098 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24100 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24101 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24102 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24103 when you first send mail.")
24105 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24107 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24108 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24109 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24110 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24111 This file need not actually exist.")
24113 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24115 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24116 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24118 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24120 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24121 Alist of mail address aliases,
24122 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24123 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24124 can specify a different file name.)
24125 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24126 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24128 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24129 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24130 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24132 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24134 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24135 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24136 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24138 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24140 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24141 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24142 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24143 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24144 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24145 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24146 in the cited portion of the message.
24148 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24149 instead of no action.")
24151 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24153 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24154 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24155 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24156 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24157 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24159 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24161 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24162 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24163 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24164 If a string, that string is inserted.
24166 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24167 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24168 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24170 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24172 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24173 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24175 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24177 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24178 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24179 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24181 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24182 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24184 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24186 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24187 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24188 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24189 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24191 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24193 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24194 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24195 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24197 \(fn)" nil nil)
24199 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24201 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24204 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24206 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24207 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24208 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24213 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24225 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24226 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24228 \(fn)" t nil)
24230 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24231 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24233 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24235 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24237 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24238 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24239 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24240 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24241 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24242 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24244 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24245 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24246 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24248 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24249 User should not set this variable manually,
24250 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24251 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24252 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24254 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24255 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24256 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24257 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24259 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24260 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24265 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24266 to move to message header fields:
24269 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24270 when the message is initialized.
24272 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24273 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24275 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24276 is inserted.
24278 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24279 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24281 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24282 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24283 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24284 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24285 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24286 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24287 buffer without erasing the contents.
24289 The second through fifth arguments,
24290 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24291 the initial contents of those header fields.
24292 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24293 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24294 original message being replied to, or else an action
24295 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24296 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24297 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24298 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24299 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24300 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24302 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24304 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24305 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24307 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24309 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24310 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24312 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24314 ;;;***
24315 \f
24316 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24317 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20763
24318 ;;;;;; 30266 231060 0))
24319 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24321 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24323 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24325 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24327 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24328 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24329 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24331 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24334 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24335 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24337 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24338 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24339 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24344 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24346 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24347 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24348 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24349 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24351 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24353 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24354 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24355 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24358 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24360 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24362 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24363 Toggle Server mode.
24364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24365 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24366 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24368 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24369 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24370 `server-start' for details.
24372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24374 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24375 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24376 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24378 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24379 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24381 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24383 ;;;***
24384 \f
24385 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24386 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24388 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24389 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24392 Key definitions:
24394 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24396 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24399 \(fn)" t nil)
24401 ;;;***
24402 \f
24403 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24404 ;;;;;; (20784 36406 653593 0))
24405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24407 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24408 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24409 Makes > match <.
24411 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24413 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24414 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24415 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24417 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24418 in your init file.
24426 \(fn)" t nil)
24428 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24429 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24430 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24431 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24433 which this is based.
24435 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24437 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24438 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24439 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24440 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24442 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24443 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24444 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24446 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24447 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24448 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24449 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24454 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24458 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24459 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24460 To work around that, do:
24465 \(fn)" t nil)
24467 ;;;***
24468 \f
24469 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24470 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24472 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24474 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24475 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24476 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24477 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24478 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24479 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24481 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24482 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24483 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24484 shell-specific features.
24486 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24487 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24488 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24501 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24505 would indent to the way it currently is.
24507 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24517 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24518 unquoted < insert a here document.
24520 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24521 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24522 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24525 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24527 \(fn)" t nil)
24529 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24531 ;;;***
24532 \f
24533 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24534 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24537 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24538 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24540 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24541 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24542 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24544 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24545 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24546 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24548 the earlier.
24550 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24554 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24555 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24558 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24559 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24561 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24562 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24563 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24564 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24565 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24566 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24567 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24568 Emacs version).
24570 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24571 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24572 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24573 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24574 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24576 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24577 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24579 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24581 ;;;***
24582 \f
24583 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24584 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20709
24585 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
24586 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24588 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24589 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24590 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24591 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24592 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24593 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24594 sites in the cluster.
24596 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24598 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24599 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24600 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24601 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24602 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24604 \(fn)" t nil)
24606 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24607 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24608 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24609 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24610 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24611 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24612 `shadow-define-cluster').
24614 \(fn)" t nil)
24616 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24617 Set up file shadowing.
24619 \(fn)" t nil)
24621 ;;;***
24622 \f
24623 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24624 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24625 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24628 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24629 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24630 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24631 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24632 arguments.")
24634 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24636 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24637 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24638 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24639 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24640 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24642 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24643 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24644 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24645 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24646 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24647 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24648 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24649 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24650 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24651 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24652 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24654 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24657 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24658 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24659 `default-process-coding-system'.
24661 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24662 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24663 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24664 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24668 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24670 ;;;***
24671 \f
24672 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20768
24673 ;;;;;; 48184 78670 0))
24674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24676 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24677 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24678 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24679 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24681 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24683 ;;;***
24684 \f
24685 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24686 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20709 26818 907104
24687 ;;;;;; 0))
24688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24690 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24693 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24695 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24698 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24700 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24703 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24705 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24708 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24710 ;;;***
24711 \f
24712 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24713 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24716 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24717 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24718 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24719 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24720 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24722 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24724 \(fn)" t nil)
24726 ;;;***
24727 \f
24728 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777
24729 ;;;;;; 63161 848428 0))
24730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24732 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24733 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24735 Variables controlling indentation style:
24736 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24737 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24738 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24739 `simula-indent-level'
24740 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24741 `simula-substatement-offset'
24742 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24743 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24744 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24745 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24746 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24747 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24748 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24749 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24750 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24751 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24752 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24753 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24754 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24755 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24756 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24757 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24758 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24759 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24760 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24761 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24762 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24763 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24764 or nil if they should not be changed.
24765 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24766 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24767 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24768 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24770 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24771 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24773 \(fn)" t nil)
24775 ;;;***
24776 \f
24777 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24778 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20709 26818 907104
24779 ;;;;;; 0))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24782 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24783 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24785 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24786 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24787 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24788 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24790 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24792 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24794 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24795 Insert SKELETON.
24796 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24797 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24798 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24799 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24802 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24803 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24805 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24807 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24808 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24810 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24811 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24812 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24813 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24815 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24816 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24817 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24818 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24820 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24821 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24822 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24824 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24825 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24827 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24828 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24831 _ interesting point, interregion here
24832 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24833 interesting point set by _
24834 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24835 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24836 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24837 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24838 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24839 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24840 nil skipped
24842 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24843 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24845 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24846 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24847 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24849 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24851 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24852 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24854 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24855 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24856 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24857 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24858 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24859 available:
24861 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24862 then: insert previously read string once more
24863 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24864 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24865 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24867 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24868 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24870 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24872 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24873 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24875 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24876 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24877 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24878 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24879 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24880 such as backslash.
24882 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24883 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24884 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24886 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24888 ;;;***
24889 \f
24890 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24891 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24892 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24894 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24895 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24896 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24897 buffer names.
24899 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24901 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24902 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24904 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24905 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24910 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24911 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24912 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24914 \(fn)" t nil)
24916 ;;;***
24917 \f
24918 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24919 ;;;;;; (20726 5184 974741 509000))
24920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24922 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24923 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24924 A list of images is returned.
24926 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24928 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24929 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24930 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24932 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24934 ;;;***
24935 \f
24936 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24937 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24940 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24943 \(fn)" nil nil)
24945 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24946 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24948 \(fn)" t nil)
24950 ;;;***
24951 \f
24952 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20709 26818 907104
24953 ;;;;;; 0))
24954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24956 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24957 Play the Snake game.
24958 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24960 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24962 Snake mode keybindings:
24972 \(fn)" t nil)
24974 ;;;***
24975 \f
24976 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24977 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
24978 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24980 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24981 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24982 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24983 Tab indents for C code.
24984 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24985 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24987 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24988 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24990 \(fn)" t nil)
24992 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24993 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24994 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24995 Tab indents for C code.
24996 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24997 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24999 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25000 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25002 \(fn)" t nil)
25004 ;;;***
25005 \f
25006 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709
25007 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25010 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25011 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25012 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25013 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25014 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25016 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25020 ;;;***
25021 \f
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709
25023 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25024 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25026 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25027 Play Solitaire.
25031 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25035 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25036 check after each move or undo.)
25038 What is Solitaire?
25040 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25041 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25042 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25044 Le Solitaire
25045 ============
25047 o o o
25049 o o o
25051 o o o o o o o
25053 o o o . o o o
25055 o o o o o o o
25057 o o o
25059 o o o
25061 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25062 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25063 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25064 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25066 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25067 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25068 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25069 this: o o .
25071 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25072 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25074 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25076 o o o
25078 . o o
25080 o o . o o o o
25082 o . o o o o o
25084 o o o o o o o
25086 o o o
25088 o o o
25090 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25094 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25096 ;;;***
25097 \f
25098 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-duplicate-lines reverse-region sort-columns
25099 ;;;;;; sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages
25100 ;;;;;; sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20709
25101 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25102 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25103 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25105 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25106 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25108 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25109 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25110 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25111 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25112 contiguous.
25114 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25115 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25116 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25117 the sort order.
25119 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25120 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25122 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25123 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25124 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25125 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25126 is called.
25128 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25129 It should move point to the end of the record.
25131 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25132 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25133 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25134 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25135 starts at the beginning of the record.
25137 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25138 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25139 same as ENDRECFUN.
25141 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25142 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25143 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25144 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25145 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25146 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25147 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25149 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25151 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25152 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25153 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25154 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25155 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25156 the sort order.
25158 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25160 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25161 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25162 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25163 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25164 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25165 the sort order.
25167 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25169 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25170 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25171 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25172 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25173 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25174 the sort order.
25176 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25177 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25179 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25180 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25181 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25182 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25184 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25185 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25186 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25187 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25189 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25191 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25192 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25193 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25194 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25195 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25196 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25197 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25198 the sort order.
25200 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25202 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25203 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25204 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25205 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25207 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25210 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25211 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25213 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25215 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25216 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25217 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25219 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25221 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25222 the sort order.
25224 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25228 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25230 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25231 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25232 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25233 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25234 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25235 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25236 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25237 the sort order.
25239 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25240 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25241 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25242 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25245 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25247 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25248 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25249 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25251 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25253 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25254 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25256 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25257 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25258 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25259 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25261 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25262 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25263 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25264 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25265 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25267 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25268 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25269 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25271 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25273 ;;;***
25274 \f
25275 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20709
25276 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25279 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25280 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25281 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25282 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25283 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25284 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25286 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25288 ;;;***
25289 \f
25290 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25291 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25292 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
25293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25295 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25296 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25298 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25299 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25300 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25302 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25304 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25305 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25306 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25307 server.
25309 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25311 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25312 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25313 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25315 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25317 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25318 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25320 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25321 Agent is plugged.
25323 \(fn)" t nil)
25325 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25326 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25327 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25330 \(fn)" t nil)
25332 ;;;***
25333 \f
25334 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25335 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
25336 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25338 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25340 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25341 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25342 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25343 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25344 supported at a time.
25345 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25346 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25350 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25351 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25352 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25353 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25355 \(fn)" t nil)
25357 ;;;***
25358 \f
25359 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20709
25360 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25361 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25363 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25364 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25366 \(fn)" t nil)
25368 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25369 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25371 \(fn)" nil nil)
25373 ;;;***
25374 \f
25375 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25376 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25377 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25378 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25379 ;;;;;; (20725 15032 264919 0))
25380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25382 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25383 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25385 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25386 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25387 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25388 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25389 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25390 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25391 of the current highlighting list.
25393 For example:
25395 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25398 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25399 `_t' as data types.
25401 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25403 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25405 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25406 Major mode to edit SQL.
25408 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25410 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25413 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25415 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25416 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25419 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25422 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25423 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25425 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25426 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25427 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25429 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25430 (lambda ()
25433 \(fn)" t nil)
25435 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25436 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25438 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25439 their settings.
25441 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25442 is specified in the connection settings.
25444 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25446 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25447 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25449 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25450 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25452 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25459 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25461 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25462 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25464 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25465 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25466 `*SQL*'.
25468 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25469 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25470 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25471 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25473 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25474 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25479 buffer.
25481 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25484 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25485 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25486 `default-process-coding-system'.
25490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25492 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25493 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25495 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25496 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25497 `*SQL*'.
25499 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25500 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25501 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25502 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25504 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25505 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25510 buffer.
25512 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25515 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25516 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25517 `default-process-coding-system'.
25521 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25523 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25524 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25526 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25527 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25528 `*SQL*'.
25530 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25531 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25533 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25534 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25539 buffer.
25541 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25544 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25545 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25546 `default-process-coding-system'.
25550 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25552 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25553 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25555 SQLite is free software.
25557 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25558 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25559 `*SQL*'.
25561 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25562 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25563 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25564 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25566 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25567 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25572 buffer.
25574 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25577 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25578 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25579 `default-process-coding-system'.
25583 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25585 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25586 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25588 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25590 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25591 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25592 `*SQL*'.
25594 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25595 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25596 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25597 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25599 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25600 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25605 buffer.
25607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25612 `default-process-coding-system'.
25616 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25618 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25619 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25621 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25622 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25623 `*SQL*'.
25625 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25626 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25627 defaults, if set.
25629 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25635 buffer.
25637 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25640 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25641 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25642 `default-process-coding-system'.
25646 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25648 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25649 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25651 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25652 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25653 `*SQL*'.
25655 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25656 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25658 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25659 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25664 buffer.
25666 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25669 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25670 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25671 `default-process-coding-system'.
25675 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25677 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25678 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25680 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25681 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25682 `*SQL*'.
25684 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25685 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25686 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25687 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25689 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25690 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25695 buffer.
25697 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25700 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25701 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25702 `default-process-coding-system'.
25706 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25708 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25709 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25711 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25712 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25713 `*SQL*'.
25715 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25716 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25717 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25718 `sql-postgres-options'.
25720 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25721 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25726 buffer.
25728 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25731 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25732 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25733 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25734 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25735 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25737 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25738 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25742 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25744 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25745 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25747 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25748 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25749 `*SQL*'.
25751 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25752 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25753 defaults, if set.
25755 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25756 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25761 buffer.
25763 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25766 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25767 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25768 `default-process-coding-system'.
25772 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25774 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25775 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25777 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25778 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25779 `*SQL*'.
25781 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25782 automatic login.
25784 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25785 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25788 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25789 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25790 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25795 buffer.
25797 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25800 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25801 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25802 `default-process-coding-system'.
25806 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25809 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25811 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25812 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25813 `*SQL*'.
25815 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25816 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25817 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25818 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25819 parameters.
25821 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25822 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25823 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25824 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25825 an empty password.
25827 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25828 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25833 buffer.
25837 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25839 ;;;***
25840 \f
25841 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25842 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
25843 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25845 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25846 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25848 \(fn)" t nil)
25850 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25852 ;;;***
25853 \f
25854 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25855 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
25856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25858 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25859 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25860 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25861 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25862 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25863 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25864 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25865 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25866 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25867 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25868 with any buffer
25869 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25870 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25871 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25872 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25874 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25876 ;;;***
25877 \f
25878 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25879 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25880 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25881 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25882 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20709
25883 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
25884 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25886 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25887 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25888 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25889 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25890 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25891 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25893 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25895 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25897 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25898 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25899 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25900 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25901 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25902 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25903 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25905 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25907 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25908 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25909 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25910 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25911 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25912 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25913 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25915 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25917 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25918 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25919 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25921 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25923 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25924 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25925 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25927 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25929 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25930 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25932 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25934 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25935 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25937 \(fn)" t nil)
25939 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25940 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25942 \(fn)" t nil)
25944 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25945 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25947 chronologically by command name.
25948 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25950 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25952 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25953 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25954 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25957 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25959 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25961 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25962 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25964 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25965 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25968 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25973 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25982 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25983 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25984 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25985 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25987 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25989 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25990 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25992 \(fn)" t nil)
25994 ;;;***
25995 \f
25996 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25997 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26000 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26001 Studlify-case the region.
26003 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26005 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26006 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26008 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26010 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26011 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26013 \(fn)" t nil)
26015 ;;;***
26016 \f
26017 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26018 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26021 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26022 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26024 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26025 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26027 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26028 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26029 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26032 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26033 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26034 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26036 Nomenclature Subwords
26037 ===========================================================
26042 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26043 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26044 as words.
26048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26050 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26051 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26052 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26055 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26057 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26059 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26060 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26061 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26062 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26063 ARG is omitted or nil.
26065 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26066 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26067 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26071 ;;;***
26072 \f
26073 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26074 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26077 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26078 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26079 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26080 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26081 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26082 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26083 original message but it does require a few things:
26085 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26087 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26088 reply buffer.
26090 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26091 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26092 original message.
26094 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26096 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26098 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26099 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26100 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26102 \(fn)" nil nil)
26104 ;;;***
26105 \f
26106 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709
26107 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
26108 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26110 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26112 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26113 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26114 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26116 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26117 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26119 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26121 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26122 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26123 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26124 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26125 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26127 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26128 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26129 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26133 ;;;***
26134 \f
26135 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20709 26818
26136 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26137 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26139 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26140 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26141 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26142 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26143 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26147 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26148 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26149 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26150 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26151 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26152 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26153 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26155 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26157 ;;;***
26158 \f
26159 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26160 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26161 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26162 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26163 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26164 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26165 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26166 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26167 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26168 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26169 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26170 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26171 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
26172 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26174 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26175 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26176 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26178 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26180 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26181 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26183 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26185 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26186 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26188 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26190 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26191 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26193 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26195 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26196 Insert an editable text table.
26197 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26198 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26199 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26200 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26201 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26202 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26203 delimiting them.
26205 Examples:
26209 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26210 location of point.
26212 -!-
26215 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26216 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26217 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26218 first cell.
26220 +-----+-----+-----+
26221 |-!- | | |
26222 +-----+-----+-----+
26226 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26227 width, which results as
26229 +--------------+-----+-----+
26230 |-!- | | |
26231 +--------------+-----+-----+
26233 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26234 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26236 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 | | |-!- |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26240 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26241 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26242 width information to `table-insert'.
26244 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26246 instead of
26248 Cell width(s): 5
26250 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26251 work all together.
26253 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26256 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26257 |-!- | | |
26258 | | | |
26259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26263 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26264 |-!- | | |
26265 | | | |
26266 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26267 | | | |
26268 | | | |
26269 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26271 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26274 | | | |
26275 | | | |
26276 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26277 | | | |
26278 | | | |
26279 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26280 -!-
26282 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26283 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26284 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26287 | | | |
26288 | | | |
26289 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26290 | | | |
26291 | | | |
26292 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26293 |-!- | | |
26294 | | | |
26295 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26297 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26298 results.
26300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26301 | | | |
26302 | | | |
26303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26304 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26305 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26306 | | |expected results.-!- |
26307 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26308 | | | |
26309 | | | |
26310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26312 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26316 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26318 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26319 Insert N table row(s).
26320 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26321 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26322 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26323 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26325 \(fn N)" t nil)
26327 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26328 Insert N table column(s).
26329 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26330 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26331 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26332 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26334 \(fn N)" t nil)
26336 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26337 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26338 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26340 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26342 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26343 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26344 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26345 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26346 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26347 all the table specific features.
26349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26351 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26354 \(fn)" t nil)
26356 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26357 Recognize all tables within region.
26358 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26359 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26360 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26361 specific features.
26363 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26365 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26368 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26370 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26371 Recognize a table at point.
26372 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26373 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26374 the table specific features.
26376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26381 \(fn)" t nil)
26383 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26384 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26385 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26386 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26387 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26388 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26389 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26391 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26396 \(fn)" t nil)
26398 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26399 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26400 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26401 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26402 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26403 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26404 specified.
26406 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26408 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26409 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26410 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26411 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26412 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26413 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26414 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26415 table structure.
26417 \(fn N)" t nil)
26419 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26420 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26421 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26422 table's rectangle structure.
26424 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26426 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26427 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26428 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26429 table's rectangle structure.
26431 \(fn N)" t nil)
26433 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26434 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26435 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26436 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26437 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26439 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26441 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26445 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26446 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26447 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26448 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26449 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26450 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26451 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26453 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26454 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26455 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26456 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26457 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26458 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26459 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26461 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26462 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26463 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26464 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26465 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26466 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26467 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26468 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26470 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26472 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26473 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26474 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26475 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26479 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26480 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26481 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26483 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26485 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26486 Split current cell vertically.
26487 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26489 \(fn)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26492 Split current cell horizontally.
26493 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26495 \(fn)" t nil)
26497 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26498 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26499 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26501 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26503 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26504 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26505 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26506 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26508 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26510 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26511 Justify cell contents.
26512 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26513 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26514 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26515 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26517 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26519 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26520 Justify cells of a row.
26521 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26522 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26524 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26526 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26527 Justify cells of a column.
26528 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26529 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26531 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26533 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26534 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26535 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26536 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26537 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26538 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26539 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26541 run-time.
26543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26545 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26546 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26547 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26548 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26549 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26550 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26551 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26552 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26553 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26554 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26555 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26557 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26559 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26560 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26561 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26562 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26563 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26564 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26565 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26566 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26567 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26568 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26569 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26570 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26571 untouched.
26573 References used for this implementation:
26575 HTML:
26576 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26578 LaTeX:
26579 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26581 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26582 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26583 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26585 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26587 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26588 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26589 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26590 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26591 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26592 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26593 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26594 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26595 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26596 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26597 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26598 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26599 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26600 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26601 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26602 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26603 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26605 Example:
26607 (progn
26608 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26609 (table-forward-cell 15)
26611 (table-forward-cell 16)
26613 (table-forward-cell 1)
26616 (progn
26617 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26619 (table-forward-cell 1)
26622 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26624 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26625 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26626 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26627 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26628 consists from cells of same height.
26630 \(fn N)" t nil)
26632 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26633 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26634 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26635 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26636 column must consists from cells of same width.
26638 \(fn N)" t nil)
26640 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26641 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26642 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26643 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26644 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26645 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26646 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26647 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26648 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26649 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26650 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26651 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26652 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26653 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26654 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26657 Example 1:
26659 1, 2, 3, 4
26660 5, 6, 7, 8
26661 , 9, 10
26663 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26665 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26666 specified as 5.
26668 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26669 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26670 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26671 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26672 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26673 | | 9 | 10 | |
26674 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26676 Note:
26680 of each row is optional.
26683 Example 2:
26685 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26686 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26687 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26688 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26689 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26691 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26692 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26694 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26695 expression and raw delimiter regular
26696 expression, it parses the specified text
26697 area and extracts cell items from
26698 non-table text and then forms a table out
26699 of them.
26701 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26702 creates a single cell table. The text in
26703 the specified region is placed in that
26704 cell.-*-
26706 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26707 like this.
26709 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26710 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26711 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26712 | |
26713 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26714 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26715 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26716 | area and extracts cell items from |
26717 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26718 | of them. |
26719 | |
26720 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26721 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26722 | the specified region is placed in that |
26723 | cell. |
26724 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26726 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26727 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26728 independently.
26730 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26731 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26732 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26733 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26734 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26735 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26736 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26737 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26738 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26739 | |of them. |
26740 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26741 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26742 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26743 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26744 | |cell. |
26745 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26747 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26748 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26749 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26751 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26753 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26754 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26755 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26756 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26757 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26759 \(fn)" t nil)
26761 ;;;***
26762 \f
26763 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20709 26818
26764 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26765 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26767 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26768 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26770 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26772 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26773 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26775 \(fn)" t nil)
26777 ;;;***
26778 \f
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20709 26818
26780 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26781 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26783 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26784 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26785 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26786 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26787 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26788 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26789 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26791 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26793 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26794 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26796 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26799 \(fn)" t nil)
26801 ;;;***
26802 \f
26803 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26804 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20774 53405 704746 172000))
26805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26807 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26808 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26809 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26810 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26811 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26812 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26814 Variables controlling indentation style:
26815 `tcl-indent-level'
26816 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26817 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26818 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26820 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26821 documentation for details):
26822 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26823 Controls action of TAB key.
26824 `tcl-auto-newline'
26825 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26826 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26827 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26828 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26829 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26831 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26832 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26833 already exist.
26835 \(fn)" t nil)
26837 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26838 Run inferior Tcl process.
26839 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26840 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26842 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26844 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26845 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26846 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26848 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26850 ;;;***
26851 \f
26852 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818
26853 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26854 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26856 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26857 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26858 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26861 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26862 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26863 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26864 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26865 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26867 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26869 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26870 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26871 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26872 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26874 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26876 ;;;***
26877 \f
26878 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26879 ;;;;;; (20712 3008 596088 0))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26882 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26883 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26884 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26885 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26886 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26887 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26889 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26891 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26892 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26893 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26894 commands to use in that buffer.
26898 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26900 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26901 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26903 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26905 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26906 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26907 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26910 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26911 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26912 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26913 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26914 use in that buffer.
26917 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26919 ;;;***
26920 \f
26921 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26922 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
26923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26925 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26926 Start coverage on function under point.
26928 \(fn)" t nil)
26930 ;;;***
26931 \f
26932 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20709 26818
26933 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26934 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26936 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26937 Play the Tetris game.
26938 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26939 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26940 as to form complete rows.
26942 tetris-mode keybindings:
26953 \(fn)" t nil)
26955 ;;;***
26956 \f
26957 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26958 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26959 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26960 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26961 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26962 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26963 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26964 ;;;;;; (20774 53405 754743 8000))
26965 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26967 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26968 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26970 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26972 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26973 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26974 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26978 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26980 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26981 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26982 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26983 if it matches the first line of the file,
26984 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26986 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26988 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26989 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26990 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26991 if the variable is non-nil.")
26993 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26995 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26998 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27000 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27001 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27002 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27003 See the documentation of that variable.")
27005 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27007 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27008 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27009 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27010 See the documentation of that variable.")
27012 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27014 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27015 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27016 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27017 See the documentation of that variable.")
27019 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27021 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27022 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27023 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27024 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27025 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27027 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27030 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27031 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27032 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27034 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27036 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27037 User defined LaTeX block names.
27038 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27040 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27042 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27043 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27044 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27045 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27047 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27049 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27051 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27052 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27054 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27056 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27058 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27059 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27061 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27062 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27063 for example,
27065 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27069 use.")
27071 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27073 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27075 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27076 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27077 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27079 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27081 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27083 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27087 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27089 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27090 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27091 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27092 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27093 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27095 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27097 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27100 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27102 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27105 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27107 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27108 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27109 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27110 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27111 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27112 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27113 says which mode to use.
27115 \(fn)" t nil)
27117 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27119 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27121 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27123 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27124 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27125 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27130 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27138 mismatched $'s or braces.
27140 Special commands:
27143 Mode variables:
27144 tex-run-command
27146 tex-directory
27147 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27149 tex-dvi-print-command
27151 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27153 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27154 tex-dvi-view-command
27156 tex-show-queue-command
27160 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27161 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27162 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27164 \(fn)" t nil)
27166 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27167 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27168 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27181 mismatched $'s or braces.
27183 Special commands:
27186 Mode variables:
27187 latex-run-command
27189 tex-directory
27190 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27192 tex-dvi-print-command
27194 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27196 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27197 tex-dvi-view-command
27199 tex-show-queue-command
27203 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27204 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27205 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27207 \(fn)" t nil)
27209 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27210 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27211 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27224 mismatched $'s or braces.
27226 Special commands:
27229 Mode variables:
27230 slitex-run-command
27232 tex-directory
27233 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27235 tex-dvi-print-command
27237 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27239 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27240 tex-dvi-view-command
27242 tex-show-queue-command
27246 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27247 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27248 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27249 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27251 \(fn)" t nil)
27253 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27256 \(fn)" nil nil)
27258 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27259 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27261 \(fn)" t nil)
27263 ;;;***
27264 \f
27265 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27266 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27267 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27269 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27270 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27271 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27272 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27274 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27275 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27276 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27278 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27280 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27281 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27282 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27284 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27286 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27288 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27289 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27290 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27291 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27293 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27294 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27295 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27296 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27298 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27299 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27301 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27303 ;;;***
27304 \f
27305 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27306 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27307 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27309 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27312 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27314 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27317 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27319 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27320 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27322 It has these extra commands:
27325 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27327 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27328 modified version of TeX input format.
27330 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27331 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27332 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27336 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27337 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27338 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27339 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27341 in the Texinfo file.
27343 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27344 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27345 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27347 move forward past the closing brace.
27349 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27350 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27352 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27353 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27354 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27356 Here are the functions:
27360 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27364 texinfo-master-menu
27366 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27368 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27369 which menu descriptions are indented.
27371 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27372 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27373 in the region.
27375 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27376 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27377 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27378 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27380 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27381 be the first node in the file.
27383 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27384 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27386 \(fn)" t nil)
27388 ;;;***
27389 \f
27390 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27391 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27392 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27393 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27395 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27396 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27397 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27398 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27400 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27402 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27403 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27405 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27407 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27408 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27410 \(fn)" t nil)
27412 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27415 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27417 ;;;***
27418 \f
27419 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27420 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27421 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20752 26669 524456 0))
27422 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27424 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27425 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27426 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27427 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27428 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27429 `line', and `page'.
27431 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27433 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27434 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27435 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27436 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27437 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27438 `line', and `page'.
27440 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27441 valid THING.
27443 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27444 positions of the thing found.
27446 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27448 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27449 Return the THING at point.
27450 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27451 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27452 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27453 `line', `number', and `page'.
27455 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27456 a symbol as a valid THING.
27458 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27460 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27461 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27463 \(fn)" nil nil)
27465 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27466 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27468 \(fn)" nil nil)
27470 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27471 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27473 \(fn)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27476 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27478 \(fn)" nil nil)
27480 ;;;***
27481 \f
27482 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27483 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27484 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27485 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27487 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27488 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27490 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27492 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27493 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27494 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27495 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27497 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27499 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27500 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27502 \(fn)" t nil)
27504 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27505 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27507 \(fn)" t nil)
27509 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27511 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27512 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27514 \(fn)" t nil)
27516 ;;;***
27517 \f
27518 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27519 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27520 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27521 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27522 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20709
27523 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27524 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27526 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27527 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27528 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27530 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27532 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27533 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27535 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27537 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27538 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27539 The returned string has no composition information.
27541 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27543 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27544 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27546 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27548 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27549 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27551 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27553 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27554 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27555 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27556 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27558 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27560 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27561 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27562 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27563 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27565 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27567 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27568 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27569 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27571 \(fn)" t nil)
27573 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27574 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27575 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27577 \(fn)" t nil)
27579 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27582 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27584 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27587 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27589 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27592 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27594 ;;;***
27595 \f
27596 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27597 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27600 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27601 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27602 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27603 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27604 parameters.
27605 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27607 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27609 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27610 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27611 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27612 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27613 parameters.
27614 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27616 \(fn)" t nil)
27618 ;;;***
27619 \f
27620 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27621 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27622 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27623 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27625 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27628 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27629 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27631 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27632 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27633 This display updates automatically every minute.
27634 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27635 are displayed as well.
27636 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27638 \(fn)" t nil)
27640 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27641 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27642 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27643 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27644 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27645 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27647 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27649 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27650 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27651 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27652 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27653 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27655 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27656 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27657 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27658 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27659 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27663 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27664 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27665 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27666 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27668 \(fn)" t nil)
27670 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27671 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27672 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27675 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27677 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27678 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27680 \(fn)" t nil)
27682 ;;;***
27683 \f
27684 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27685 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27686 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27687 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27688 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27691 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27692 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27693 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27695 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27696 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27697 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27698 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27699 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27700 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27702 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27703 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27705 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27707 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27708 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27710 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27712 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27713 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27715 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27717 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27718 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27719 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27721 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27723 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27725 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27726 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27727 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27729 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27732 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27734 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27736 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27737 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27738 DATE should be a date-time string.
27740 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27742 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27743 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27744 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27746 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27748 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27749 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27751 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27753 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27754 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27756 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27758 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27759 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27760 TIME should be a time value.
27761 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27763 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27765 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27766 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27767 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27769 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27771 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27772 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27773 The valid format specifiers are:
27774 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27775 %d is the number of days.
27776 %h is the number of hours.
27777 %m is the number of minutes.
27778 %s is the number of seconds.
27779 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27783 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27791 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27793 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27795 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27797 ;;;***
27798 \f
27799 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27800 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27801 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27802 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27803 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27804 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27805 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27806 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27807 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27808 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27809 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27811 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27812 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27813 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27814 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27815 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27816 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27817 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27818 look like one of the following:
27819 Time-stamp: <>
27821 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27822 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27823 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27824 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27825 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27826 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27827 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27828 the template.
27830 \(fn)" t nil)
27832 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27834 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27838 ;;;***
27839 \f
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27841 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27842 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27843 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27844 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
27845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27847 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27848 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27849 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27850 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27851 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27852 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27853 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27854 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27855 display (non-nil means on).
27857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27859 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27860 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27861 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27862 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27863 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27864 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27865 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27866 this function is called within a day.
27868 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27869 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27870 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27871 discover the name of the project.
27873 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27875 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27876 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27877 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27878 begun during the last time segment.
27880 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27881 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27882 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27883 discover the reason.
27885 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27888 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27889 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27890 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27891 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27893 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27895 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27896 Change to working on a different project.
27897 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27898 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27899 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27900 working on.
27902 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27904 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27905 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27906 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27908 \(fn)" nil nil)
27910 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27911 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27912 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27914 \(fn)" t nil)
27916 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27917 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27918 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27919 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27920 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27923 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27925 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27926 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27927 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27928 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27930 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27932 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27933 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27934 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27935 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27936 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27937 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27939 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27941 ;;;***
27942 \f
27943 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27944 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27945 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27947 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27948 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27949 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27950 the generated Quail package is saved.
27952 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27954 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27955 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27956 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27957 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27962 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27964 ;;;***
27965 \f
27966 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27967 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
27968 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27969 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27970 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27972 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27973 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27974 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27975 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27976 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27978 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27980 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27981 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27982 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27983 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27984 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27986 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27988 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27989 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27990 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27991 in the menu in two ways:
27992 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27993 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27994 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27996 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27997 keymap or an alist of alists.
27998 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27999 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28001 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28003 ;;;***
28004 \f
28005 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28006 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28007 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28010 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28011 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28013 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28015 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28016 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28018 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28020 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28021 Insert new TODO list entry.
28022 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28023 category.
28025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28027 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28028 List top priorities for each category.
28030 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28031 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28033 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28034 between each category.
28035 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28037 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28039 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28040 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28041 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28042 between each category.
28044 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28046 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28048 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28049 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28051 \(fn)" t nil)
28053 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28054 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28056 \(fn)" nil nil)
28058 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28059 Show TODO list.
28061 \(fn)" t nil)
28063 ;;;***
28064 \f
28065 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28066 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28067 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28068 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28070 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28071 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28072 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28076 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28077 Add an item to the tool bar.
28078 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28079 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28080 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28081 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28083 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28084 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28085 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28086 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28088 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28089 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28091 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28093 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28094 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28095 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28096 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28097 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28098 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28100 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28101 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28102 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28103 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28105 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28107 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28108 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28109 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28110 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28111 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28112 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28113 properties to add to the binding.
28115 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28117 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28118 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28120 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28122 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28123 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28124 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28125 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28126 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28127 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28128 properties to add to the binding.
28130 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28131 holds a keymap.
28133 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28135 ;;;***
28136 \f
28137 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28138 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28141 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28142 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28143 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28146 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28148 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28150 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28151 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28153 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28154 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28158 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28160 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28161 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28163 \(fn)" t nil)
28165 ;;;***
28166 \f
28167 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28168 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28171 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28172 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28174 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28175 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28176 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28177 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28178 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28180 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28181 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28182 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28183 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28184 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28187 (tpu-edt)
28189 Known Problems:
28191 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28192 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28193 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28194 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28195 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28196 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28198 \(fn)" t nil)
28200 ;;;***
28201 \f
28202 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818
28203 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28206 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28207 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28208 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28209 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28210 to a tcp server on another machine.
28212 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28214 ;;;***
28215 \f
28216 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28217 ;;;;;; trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20727 56759
28218 ;;;;;; 628211 0))
28219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28221 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28222 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28224 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28226 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28227 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28228 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28229 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28230 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28231 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28232 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28233 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28235 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28237 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28239 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28240 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28241 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28242 changing the window configuration.
28244 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28246 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28248 ;;;***
28249 \f
28250 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28251 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28252 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28253 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
28254 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28256 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28257 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28258 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28260 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28262 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28263 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28265 It can have the following values:
28267 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28268 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28269 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28271 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28273 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28274 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28275 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28276 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28278 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28281 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28282 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28283 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28286 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28287 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28289 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28290 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28291 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28292 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28293 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28294 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28295 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28296 files which are not really Tramp files.
28298 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28299 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28300 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28301 updated after changing this variable.
28303 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28305 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28306 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28307 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28308 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28310 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28313 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28314 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28315 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28317 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28318 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28319 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28321 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28322 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28323 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28325 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28326 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28327 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28328 updated after changing this variable.
28330 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28332 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28333 Alist of completion handler functions.
28334 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28335 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28336 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28338 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28339 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28340 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28341 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28343 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28344 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28345 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28346 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28348 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28349 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28350 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28352 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28354 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28355 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28356 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28358 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28359 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28361 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28363 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28366 \(fn)" nil nil)
28368 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28369 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28371 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28373 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28374 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28376 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28378 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28379 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28381 \(fn)" t nil)
28383 ;;;***
28384 \f
28385 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28386 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28387 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28389 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28392 \(fn)" nil nil)
28394 ;;;***
28395 \f
28396 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20760
28397 ;;;;;; 54070 584283 0))
28398 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28400 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28401 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28402 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28403 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28404 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28405 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28406 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28407 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28409 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28410 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28411 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28413 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28414 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28415 resumed later.
28417 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28419 ;;;***
28420 \f
28421 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28422 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28423 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28425 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28428 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28430 ;;;***
28431 \f
28432 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28433 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
28434 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28435 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28436 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28437 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28439 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28440 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28443 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28444 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28445 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28447 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28449 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28450 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28451 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28452 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28456 \(fn)" t nil)
28458 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28459 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28460 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28461 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28462 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28463 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28464 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28466 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28467 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28469 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28478 ;;;***
28479 \f
28480 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28481 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28482 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28483 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28485 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28486 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28487 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28490 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28492 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28494 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28495 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28496 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28498 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28499 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28500 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28501 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28502 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28503 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28504 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28506 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28507 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28509 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28510 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28511 reset the keystroke counter.
28513 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28514 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28515 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28516 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28518 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28519 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28520 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28521 `type-break-schedule' command.
28523 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28524 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28525 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28526 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28527 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28528 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28529 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28530 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28531 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28533 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28534 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28535 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28536 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28537 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28539 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28540 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28541 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28542 approximate good values for this.
28544 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28545 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28547 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28548 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28549 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28550 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28551 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28552 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28554 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28555 a typing break occur. They include:
28557 `type-break-query-mode'
28558 `type-break-query-function'
28559 `type-break-query-interval'
28561 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28563 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28564 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28565 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28566 problems.
28568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28570 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28571 Take a typing break.
28573 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28574 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28576 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28577 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28579 \(fn)" t nil)
28581 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28582 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28583 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28584 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28586 \(fn)" t nil)
28588 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28589 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28591 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28592 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28593 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28594 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28595 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28596 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28597 average typing speed.)
28599 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28600 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28601 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28602 the computed maximum threshold.
28604 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28605 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28606 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28607 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28608 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28610 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28612 ;;;***
28613 \f
28614 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818
28615 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28618 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28619 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28620 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28621 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28622 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28624 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28626 ;;;***
28627 \f
28628 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28629 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28630 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28631 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28632 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28633 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28636 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28637 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28639 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28641 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28642 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28644 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28646 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28647 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28649 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28651 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28652 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28654 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28656 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28657 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28659 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28661 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28662 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28664 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28666 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28667 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28669 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28671 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28672 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28674 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28676 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28677 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28681 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28682 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28684 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28686 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28687 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28689 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28691 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28692 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28694 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28696 ;;;***
28697 \f
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28699 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28702 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28703 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28704 Works by overstriking underscores.
28705 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28706 which specify the range to operate on.
28708 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28710 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28711 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28712 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28713 which specify the range to operate on.
28715 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28717 ;;;***
28718 \f
28719 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28720 ;;;;;; (20731 53823 676680 0))
28721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28723 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28724 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28725 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28726 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28727 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28728 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28730 \(fn)" nil nil)
28732 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28733 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28734 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28736 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28738 ;;;***
28739 \f
28740 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709
28741 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28744 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28745 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28746 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28747 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28749 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28751 ;;;***
28752 \f
28753 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28754 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28757 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28758 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28759 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28760 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28761 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28763 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28764 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28765 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28766 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28767 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28768 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28770 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28771 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28772 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28774 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28775 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28776 the callback is not called).
28778 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28779 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28780 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28781 take effect.
28783 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28784 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28785 the server.
28786 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28787 URL-encoded before it's used.
28789 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28791 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28792 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28793 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28794 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28795 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28797 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28799 ;;;***
28800 \f
28801 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28802 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28803 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28805 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28806 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28807 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28809 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28810 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28811 `url-generic-parse-url'
28812 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28813 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28814 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28815 realm
28816 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28817 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28818 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28819 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28820 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28821 what type of auth to use
28822 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28823 if one cannot be found in the cache
28825 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28827 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28828 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28830 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28831 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28832 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28833 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28834 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28835 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28836 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28837 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28839 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28841 ;;;***
28842 \f
28843 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28844 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094 700824 0))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28847 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28848 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28850 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28853 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28854 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28856 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28858 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28859 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28861 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28863 ;;;***
28864 \f
28865 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818
28866 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28869 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28872 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28874 ;;;***
28875 \f
28876 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28877 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28878 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28880 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28881 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28882 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28886 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28887 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28888 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28889 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28891 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28892 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28893 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28894 though.
28896 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28898 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28899 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28900 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28902 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28904 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28909 ;;;***
28910 \f
28911 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709
28912 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28915 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28916 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28918 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28923 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28926 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28927 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28929 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28931 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28932 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28933 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28934 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28935 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28937 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28939 ;;;***
28940 \f
28941 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28942 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28943 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28944 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28946 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28947 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28948 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28951 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28953 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28955 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28956 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28958 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28963 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28964 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28965 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28966 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28968 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28970 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28971 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28972 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28973 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28974 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28975 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28976 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28977 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28978 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28979 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28981 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28983 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28984 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28985 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28986 accessible.
28988 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28990 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28993 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28995 ;;;***
28996 \f
28997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20766 59628 334727
28998 ;;;;;; 618000))
28999 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29000 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29002 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29003 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29004 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29005 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29006 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29008 ;;;***
29009 \f
29010 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818
29011 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29012 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29014 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29017 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29019 ;;;***
29020 \f
29021 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709
29022 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29023 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29025 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29026 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29027 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29028 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29029 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29031 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29033 ;;;***
29034 \f
29035 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29036 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29039 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29042 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29044 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29045 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29047 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29049 ;;;***
29050 \f
29051 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29052 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20709 26818 907104
29053 ;;;;;; 0))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29056 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29057 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29059 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29061 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29062 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29064 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29066 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29069 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29071 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29073 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29075 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29077 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29078 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29080 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29082 ;;;***
29083 \f
29084 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29085 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29086 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29088 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29091 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29096 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29098 ;;;***
29099 \f
29100 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29101 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29102 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29103 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29105 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29108 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29113 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29115 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29118 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29120 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29123 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29125 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29128 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29133 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29135 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29138 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29140 ;;;***
29141 \f
29142 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29143 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29146 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29147 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29149 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29151 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29152 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29153 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29155 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29156 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29157 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29158 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29159 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29160 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29161 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29162 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29163 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29164 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29165 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29166 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29167 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29170 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29171 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29172 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29174 Here is an example. The URL
29176 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29178 parses to
29184 PORTSPEC = 42
29187 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29188 FULLNESS = t
29190 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29192 ;;;***
29193 \f
29194 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29195 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29196 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29198 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29199 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29201 \(fn)" t nil)
29203 ;;;***
29204 \f
29205 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29206 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29207 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29209 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29210 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29211 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29212 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29213 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29214 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29216 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29218 ;;;***
29219 \f
29220 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29221 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29222 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29223 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29224 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29225 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29226 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20709
29227 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29228 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29230 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29231 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29232 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29234 If t, all messages will be logged.
29235 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29236 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29238 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29240 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29243 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29245 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29248 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29250 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29251 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29253 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29254 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29255 & ==> &
29256 < ==> <
29257 > ==> >
29260 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29262 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29263 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29264 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29266 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29268 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29269 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29270 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29272 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29274 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29275 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29277 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29279 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29280 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29282 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29284 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29285 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29287 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29289 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29292 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29294 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29297 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29299 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29302 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29304 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29306 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29307 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29309 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29311 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29312 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29314 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29316 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29319 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29321 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29322 Build a query-string.
29324 Given a QUERY in the form:
29325 '((key1 val1)
29326 (key2 val2)
29327 (key3 val1 val2)
29328 (key4)
29331 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29333 This will return a string
29335 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29336 be used.
29343 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29345 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29346 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29347 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29348 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29349 forbidden in URL encoding.
29351 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29353 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29354 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29355 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29356 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29357 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29360 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29361 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29362 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29363 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29365 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29367 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29368 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29369 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29370 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29371 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29372 should return it unchanged.
29374 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29376 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29377 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29378 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29379 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29381 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29383 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29384 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29385 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29387 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29389 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29390 View the current document's URL.
29391 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29392 the minibuffer.
29394 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29396 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29398 ;;;***
29399 \f
29400 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29401 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29402 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29404 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29405 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29406 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29407 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29408 to refrain from editing the file
29409 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29410 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29411 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29412 in any way you like.
29414 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29416 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29417 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29418 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29419 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29420 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29422 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29423 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29425 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29427 ;;;***
29428 \f
29429 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29430 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29431 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29434 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29437 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29439 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29442 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29444 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29447 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29449 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29452 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29454 ;;;***
29455 \f
29456 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20709 26818
29457 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29460 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29461 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29463 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29465 ;;;***
29466 \f
29467 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29468 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29469 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29472 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29473 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29474 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29475 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29477 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29479 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29480 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29481 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29483 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29485 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29486 Uudecode region between START and END.
29487 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29489 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29491 ;;;***
29492 \f
29493 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29494 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29495 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29496 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29497 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29498 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29499 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20752
29500 ;;;;;; 26669 524456 0))
29501 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29503 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29504 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29505 See `run-hooks'.")
29507 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29509 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29510 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29511 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29513 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29515 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29516 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29517 See `run-hooks'.")
29519 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29521 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29522 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29523 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29524 same state. If not, signal an error.
29526 For merging-based version control systems:
29527 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29528 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29529 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29530 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29531 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29532 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29534 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29535 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29536 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29537 the file(s) for editing.
29538 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29539 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29540 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29541 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29542 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29543 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29545 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29547 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29548 Register into a version control system.
29549 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29550 Otherwise register the current file.
29551 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29552 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29554 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29555 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29556 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29557 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29558 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29559 first backend that could register the file is used.
29561 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29563 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29564 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29566 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29568 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29569 Display diffs between file revisions.
29570 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29571 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29572 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29574 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29575 saving the buffer.
29577 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29579 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29580 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29581 repository history using ediff.
29583 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29585 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29586 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29587 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29588 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29589 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29591 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29592 saving the buffer.
29594 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29596 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29597 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29598 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29599 fileset with the working revision.
29600 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29601 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29603 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29604 saving the buffer.
29606 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29608 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29609 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29610 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29611 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29613 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29615 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29616 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29617 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29618 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29620 \(fn)" t nil)
29622 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29623 Perform a version control merge operation.
29624 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29626 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29627 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29629 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29630 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29631 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29632 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29633 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29634 changes from the current branch.
29636 \(fn)" t nil)
29638 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29640 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29641 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29642 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29643 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29644 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29645 checked out in that new branch.
29647 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29649 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29650 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29651 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29652 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29653 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29654 allowed and simply skipped).
29656 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29658 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29659 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29660 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29661 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29662 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29664 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29665 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29667 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29669 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29670 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29671 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29672 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29673 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29675 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29677 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29678 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29679 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29681 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29683 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29684 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29685 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29687 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29689 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29690 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29691 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29692 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29694 \(fn)" t nil)
29696 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29697 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29698 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29699 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29701 \(fn)" t nil)
29703 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29705 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29706 Update the current fileset or branch.
29707 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29709 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29710 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29712 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29713 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29714 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29715 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29716 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29720 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29722 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29723 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29724 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29725 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29726 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29727 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29728 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29730 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29732 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29733 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29734 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29735 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29736 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29737 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29738 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29739 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29740 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29742 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29744 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29745 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29746 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29747 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29749 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29751 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29752 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29753 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29754 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29756 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29758 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29759 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29760 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29761 directory.
29763 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29765 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29766 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29767 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29769 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29770 log entries should be gathered.
29772 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29774 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29775 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29777 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29779 ;;;***
29780 \f
29781 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29782 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29783 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29785 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29786 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29788 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29789 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29790 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29791 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29792 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29793 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29795 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29796 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29797 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29798 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29799 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29800 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29801 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29802 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29804 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29806 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29808 Customization variables:
29810 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29811 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29812 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29813 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29815 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29817 ;;;***
29818 \f
29819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20748 62911 684442
29820 ;;;;;; 0))
29821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29822 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29823 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29824 (progn
29825 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29826 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29828 ;;;***
29829 \f
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20748 62911 684442
29831 ;;;;;; 0))
29832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29834 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29835 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29837 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29838 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29839 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29840 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29841 (progn
29842 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29843 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29845 ;;;***
29846 \f
29847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20748 62911 684442
29848 ;;;;;; 0))
29849 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29850 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29851 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29852 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29853 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29854 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29855 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29857 ;;;***
29858 \f
29859 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir vc-dir-mode) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20709
29860 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
29861 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29863 (autoload 'vc-dir-mode "vc-dir" "\
29864 Major mode for VC directory buffers.
29865 Marking/Unmarking key bindings and actions:
29866 m - mark a file/directory
29867 - if the region is active, mark all the files in region.
29868 Restrictions: - a file cannot be marked if any parent directory is marked
29869 - a directory cannot be marked if any child file or
29870 directory is marked
29871 u - unmark a file/directory
29872 - if the region is active, unmark all the files in region.
29873 M - if the cursor is on a file: mark all the files with the same state as
29874 the current file
29875 - if the cursor is on a directory: mark all child files
29876 - with a prefix argument: mark all files
29877 U - if the cursor is on a file: unmark all the files with the same state
29878 as the current file
29879 - if the cursor is on a directory: unmark all child files
29880 - with a prefix argument: unmark all files
29881 mouse-2 - toggles the mark state
29883 VC commands
29884 VC commands in the `C-x v' prefix can be used.
29885 VC commands act on the marked entries. If nothing is marked, VC
29886 commands act on the current entry.
29888 Search & Replace
29889 S - searches the marked files
29890 Q - does a query replace on the marked files
29891 M-s a C-s - does an isearch on the marked files
29892 M-s a C-M-s - does a regexp isearch on the marked files
29893 If nothing is marked, these commands act on the current entry.
29894 When a directory is current or marked, the Search & Replace
29895 commands act on the child files of that directory that are displayed in
29896 the *vc-dir* buffer.
29900 \(fn)" t nil)
29902 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29904 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29905 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29906 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29908 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29909 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29910 The file lines appear later.
29912 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29913 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29915 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29919 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29921 ;;;***
29922 \f
29923 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29924 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29925 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29927 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29928 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29929 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29930 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29931 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29932 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29933 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29934 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29935 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29936 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29937 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29938 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29939 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29940 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29941 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29943 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29945 ;;;***
29946 \f
29947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20748 62911 684442
29948 ;;;;;; 0))
29949 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29950 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29951 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29952 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29953 (progn
29954 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29955 (vc-git-registered file))))
29957 ;;;***
29958 \f
29959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20748 62911 684442 0))
29960 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29961 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29962 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29963 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29964 (progn
29965 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29966 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29968 ;;;***
29969 \f
29970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20748 62911 684442
29971 ;;;;;; 0))
29972 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29974 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29975 Name of the monotone directory.")
29977 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29978 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29979 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29980 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29981 (progn
29982 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29983 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29985 ;;;***
29986 \f
29987 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29988 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
29989 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29991 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29992 Where to look for RCS master files.
29993 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29995 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29997 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29999 ;;;***
30000 \f
30001 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30002 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
30003 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30005 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30006 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30007 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30009 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30011 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30013 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30014 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30015 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30016 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30018 ;;;***
30019 \f
30020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20760 54070 584283
30021 ;;;;;; 0))
30022 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30023 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30024 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30025 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30026 "_svn")
30027 (t ".svn"))))
30028 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30029 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30030 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30032 ;;;***
30033 \f
30034 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30035 ;;;;;; (20777 63161 848428 0))
30036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30039 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30040 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30042 Usage:
30043 ------
30045 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30046 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30048 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30050 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30051 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30052 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30053 completions.
30055 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30056 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30058 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30059 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30061 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30062 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30063 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30065 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30068 Maintenance:
30069 ------------
30071 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30072 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30074 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30076 Official distribution is at
30077 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30080 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30081 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30083 Key bindings:
30084 -------------
30088 \(fn)" t nil)
30090 ;;;***
30091 \f
30092 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30093 ;;;;;; (20763 30266 231060 0))
30094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30096 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30097 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30100 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30104 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30105 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30107 Supports highlighting.
30109 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30110 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30112 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30114 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30115 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30116 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30117 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30118 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30119 on the left side of your screen.
30120 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30121 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30122 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30123 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30124 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30125 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30126 function keyword.
30127 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30128 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30129 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30130 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30131 if (a)
30132 begin
30133 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30134 Indentation for case statements.
30135 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30136 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30137 mark after an end.
30138 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30139 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30140 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30141 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30142 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30143 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30144 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30145 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30146 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30147 if (a)
30148 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30149 otherwise you get:
30150 if (a)
30151 begin
30152 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30153 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30154 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30155 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30156 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30157 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30158 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30159 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30160 comments in tight quarters.
30161 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30162 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30164 Variables controlling other actions:
30166 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30167 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30172 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30178 Some other functions are:
30207 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30208 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30220 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30223 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30227 \(fn)" t nil)
30229 ;;;***
30230 \f
30231 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30232 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
30233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30235 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30236 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30238 Usage:
30239 ------
30241 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30242 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30243 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30244 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30245 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30246 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30247 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30248 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30249 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30251 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30252 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30253 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30254 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30256 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30257 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30258 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30259 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30260 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30262 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30263 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30266 HEADER INSERTION:
30267 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30268 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30269 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30272 STUTTERING:
30273 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30274 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30275 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30276 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30285 WORD COMPLETION:
30286 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30287 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30288 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30289 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30291 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30292 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30293 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30297 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30298 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30299 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30300 stop.
30303 COMMENTS:
30304 `--' puts a single comment.
30305 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30306 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30307 with a comment in between.
30308 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30309 out following lines.
30310 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30311 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30312 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30313 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30315 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30316 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30317 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30318 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30319 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30320 non-nil.
30322 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30323 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30324 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30325 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30326 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30327 multi-line comments.
30330 INDENTATION:
30331 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30332 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30333 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30334 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30335 the entire region.
30337 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30339 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30340 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30342 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30343 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30344 and vice versa.
30346 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30347 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30349 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30350 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30351 line.
30354 ALIGNMENT:
30355 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30356 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30357 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30358 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30359 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30360 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30361 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30362 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30364 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30365 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30366 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30367 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30368 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30369 is non-nil.
30371 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30372 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30373 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30375 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30376 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30379 CODE FILLING:
30380 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30381 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30382 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30383 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30384 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30385 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30388 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30389 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30390 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30391 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30392 command:
30394 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30397 PORT TRANSLATION:
30398 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30399 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30400 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30401 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30402 internal signal initializations (menu).
30404 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30405 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30406 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30408 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30409 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30410 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30411 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30412 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30413 in subsequent paste operations.)
30415 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30416 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30417 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30420 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30421 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30422 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30423 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30424 association list with formals).
30427 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30428 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30429 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30430 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30431 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30432 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30433 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30434 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30435 `vhdl-testbench'.
30438 KEY BINDINGS:
30439 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30442 VHDL MENU:
30443 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30446 FILE BROWSER:
30447 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30448 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30449 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30451 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30452 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30455 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30456 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30457 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30458 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30460 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30461 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30462 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30464 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30465 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30466 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30469 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30470 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30471 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30472 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30473 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30475 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30476 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30477 required by secondary units.
30480 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30481 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30482 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30483 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30484 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30485 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30486 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30487 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30488 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30489 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30490 inputs to this component -> input port created
30491 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30492 outputs from this component -> output port created
30493 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30494 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30496 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30497 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30498 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30499 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30500 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30502 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30503 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30505 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30506 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30507 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30508 component instantiation is also supported (option
30509 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30511 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30512 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30513 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30514 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30515 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30516 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30517 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30518 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30519 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30520 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30521 generating the configuration.
30523 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30524 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30525 configurations in speedbar.
30527 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30530 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30531 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30532 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30533 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30534 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30535 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30536 information. New compilers can be added.
30538 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30539 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30542 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30543 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30544 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30545 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30546 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30548 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30549 command:
30551 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30552 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30553 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30557 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30558 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30559 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30560 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30561 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30562 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30563 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30565 Limitations:
30566 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30567 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30568 not (yet) supported.
30569 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30570 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30574 PROJECTS:
30575 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30576 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30577 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30578 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30579 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30580 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30581 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30582 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30584 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30585 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30586 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30589 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30590 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30591 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30592 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30593 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30594 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30597 SPECIAL MENUES:
30598 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30599 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30601 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30602 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30603 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30604 current directory for VHDL source files.
30607 VHDL STANDARDS:
30608 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30609 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30612 KEYWORD CASE:
30613 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30614 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30615 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30616 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30617 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30618 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30619 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30620 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30623 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30624 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30625 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30626 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30627 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30628 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30629 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30631 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30632 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30633 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30634 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30635 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30636 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30638 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30639 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30640 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30641 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30642 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30643 visually.
30645 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30646 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30647 highlighted if written in lower case.
30650 highlighted using a different background color if option
30651 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30653 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30654 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30655 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30656 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30657 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30660 USER MODELS:
30661 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30662 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30663 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30666 HIDE/SHOW:
30667 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30668 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30669 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30670 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30671 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30674 CODE UPDATING:
30675 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30676 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30677 Limitations:
30678 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30679 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30680 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30681 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30682 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30683 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30684 (used to obtain the port names).
30685 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30686 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30687 sensitivity lists.
30690 CODE FIXING:
30691 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30692 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30695 PRINTING:
30696 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30697 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30698 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30699 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30700 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30701 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30702 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30703 printers.
30706 OPTIONS:
30707 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30709 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30710 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30713 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30715 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30716 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30717 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30718 INSTALL file).
30720 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30721 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30724 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30726 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30732 HINTS:
30733 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30734 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30736 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30738 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30740 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30743 RELEASE NOTES:
30744 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30747 Maintenance:
30748 ------------
30750 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30751 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30753 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30755 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30756 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30757 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30758 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30760 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30761 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30762 where the latest version can be found.
30765 Known problems:
30766 ---------------
30768 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30769 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30770 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30771 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30774 The VHDL Mode Authors
30775 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30777 Key bindings:
30778 -------------
30782 \(fn)" t nil)
30784 ;;;***
30785 \f
30786 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30787 ;;;;;; 0))
30788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30790 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30791 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30792 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30795 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30796 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30797 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30798 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30802 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30804 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30806 * Limitations and unsupported features
30807 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30808 not supported.
30809 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30810 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30812 * Modifications
30813 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30814 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30815 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30816 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30817 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30818 for undoing a repeated change command.
30819 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30820 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30821 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30823 * Extensions
30824 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30825 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30826 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30827 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30828 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30829 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30830 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30833 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30835 \(fn)" t nil)
30837 ;;;***
30838 \f
30839 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30840 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30841 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30842 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
30843 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30845 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30846 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30848 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30850 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30851 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30852 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30853 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30855 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30857 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30858 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30860 \(fn)" t nil)
30862 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30863 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30864 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30865 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30867 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30869 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30870 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30872 \(fn)" t nil)
30874 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30877 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30879 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30882 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30884 ;;;***
30885 \f
30886 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30887 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30888 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30889 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30890 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
30891 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30893 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30894 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30895 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30897 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30899 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30900 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30901 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30902 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30904 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30906 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30907 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30909 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30911 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30912 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30913 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30914 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30915 moving around in the buffer.
30916 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30917 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30919 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30921 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30923 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30924 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30925 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30926 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30928 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30929 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30930 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30931 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30932 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30934 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30936 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30938 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30939 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30940 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30941 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30942 buffer.
30944 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30945 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30946 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30947 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30948 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30950 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30952 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30954 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30955 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30956 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30957 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30958 moving around in the buffer.
30959 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30960 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30962 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30964 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30965 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30966 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30968 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30969 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30970 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30971 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30973 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30974 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30975 own View-like bindings.
30977 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30979 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30980 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30981 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30982 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30983 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30984 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30985 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30987 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30989 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30991 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30992 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30993 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30995 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30996 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30997 own View-like bindings.
30999 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31001 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31002 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31003 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31004 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31005 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31006 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31007 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31009 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31011 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31013 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31014 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31015 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31017 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31018 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31019 own View-like bindings.
31021 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31023 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31024 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31025 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31026 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31027 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31029 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31030 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31031 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31032 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31036 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31038 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31041 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31042 to a repeat count of one.
31044 H, h, ? This message.
31045 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31048 > move to the end of buffer.
31051 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31053 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31054 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31055 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31058 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31060 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31061 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31063 Use this to view a changing file.
31067 . set the mark.
31068 x exchanges point and mark.
31070 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31071 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31073 ' go to position saved in character register.
31074 s do forward incremental search.
31075 r do reverse incremental search.
31076 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31077 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31078 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31079 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31082 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31086 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31087 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31089 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31094 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31095 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31104 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31108 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31109 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31110 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31111 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31112 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31113 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31114 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31115 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31116 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31118 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31120 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31122 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31123 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31124 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31125 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31126 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31127 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31129 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31130 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31131 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31133 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31135 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31137 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31139 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31140 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31142 \(fn)" t nil)
31144 ;;;***
31145 \f
31146 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20762
31147 ;;;;;; 9398 526093 0))
31148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31150 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31151 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31153 \(fn)" nil nil)
31155 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31156 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31158 \(fn)" t nil)
31160 ;;;***
31161 \f
31162 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31163 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31166 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31167 Toggle Viper on/off.
31168 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31170 \(fn)" t nil)
31172 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31173 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31175 \(fn)" t nil)
31177 ;;;***
31178 \f
31179 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31180 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31183 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31184 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31185 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31186 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31187 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31188 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31189 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31190 the beginning of the warning.")
31192 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31193 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31194 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31195 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31196 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31197 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31198 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31199 also call that function before the next warning.")
31201 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31202 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31204 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31205 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31206 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31207 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31209 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31210 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31211 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31212 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31213 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31214 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31216 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31217 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31218 Default is :warning.
31220 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31221 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31222 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31223 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31224 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31225 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31227 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31228 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31229 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31231 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31233 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31234 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31236 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31238 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31239 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31240 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31241 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31243 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31244 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31245 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31246 can be whatever you like.)
31248 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31249 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31251 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31252 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31253 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31254 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31255 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31257 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31259 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31260 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31261 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31262 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31263 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31265 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31267 ;;;***
31268 \f
31269 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31270 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31271 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31273 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31274 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31276 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31277 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31279 directories to reflect your edits.
31281 See `wdired-mode'.
31283 \(fn)" t nil)
31285 ;;;***
31286 \f
31287 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20709 26818
31288 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31291 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31292 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31294 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31295 hotlist.
31297 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31298 <nwv@acm.org>.
31300 \(fn)" t nil)
31302 ;;;***
31303 \f
31304 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31305 ;;;;;; (20725 15032 264919 0))
31306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31307 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31308 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31310 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31312 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31313 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31314 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31317 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31319 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31321 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31322 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31323 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31324 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31325 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31327 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31328 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31329 in certain major modes.
31331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31333 ;;;***
31334 \f
31335 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31336 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31337 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31338 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20721 17977
31339 ;;;;;; 14204 0))
31340 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31342 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31343 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31344 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31345 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31346 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31348 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31349 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31353 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31354 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31356 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31357 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31359 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31360 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31361 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31362 use `whitespace-mode'.
31364 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31368 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31369 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31370 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31373 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31375 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31377 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31378 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31380 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31381 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31383 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31384 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31388 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31389 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31390 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31393 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31395 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31397 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31398 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31399 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31400 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31401 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31403 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31404 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31405 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31406 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31408 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31412 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31413 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31415 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31416 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31418 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31419 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31421 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31423 CHAR MEANING
31424 (VIA FACES)
31425 f toggle face visualization
31426 t toggle TAB visualization
31427 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31428 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31431 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31432 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31433 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31434 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31435 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31436 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31437 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31438 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31439 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31440 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31441 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31443 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31444 T toggle TAB visualization
31445 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31446 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31448 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31449 ? display brief help
31451 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31452 The valid symbols are:
31454 face toggle face visualization
31455 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31456 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31457 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31460 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31461 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31462 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31463 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31464 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31465 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31466 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31467 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31468 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31469 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31470 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31472 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31473 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31474 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31476 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31478 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31482 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31483 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31485 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31486 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31488 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31489 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31491 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31493 CHAR MEANING
31494 (VIA FACES)
31495 f toggle face visualization
31496 t toggle TAB visualization
31497 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31498 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31501 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31502 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31503 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31504 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31505 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31506 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31507 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31508 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31509 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31510 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31511 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31513 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31514 T toggle TAB visualization
31515 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31516 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31518 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31519 ? display brief help
31521 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31522 The valid symbols are:
31524 face toggle face visualization
31525 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31526 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31527 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31530 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31531 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31532 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31533 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31534 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31535 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31536 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31537 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31538 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31539 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31540 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31542 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31543 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31544 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31546 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31548 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31552 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31553 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31555 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31556 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31557 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31559 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31561 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31563 The problems cleaned up are:
31565 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31566 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31567 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31568 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31570 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31571 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31572 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31573 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31574 SPACEs.
31575 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31576 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31577 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31578 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31580 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31581 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31582 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31583 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31584 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31585 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31586 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31587 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31589 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31590 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31591 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31593 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31594 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31595 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31596 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31597 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31598 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31599 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31600 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31602 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31603 documentation.
31605 \(fn)" t nil)
31607 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31608 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31610 The problems cleaned up are:
31612 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31613 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31614 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31615 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31616 SPACEs.
31617 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31618 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31619 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31620 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31622 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31623 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31624 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31625 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31626 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31627 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31628 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31629 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31631 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31632 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31633 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31635 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31636 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31637 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31638 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31639 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31640 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31641 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31642 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31644 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31645 documentation.
31647 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31649 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31650 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31652 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31653 non-nil.
31656 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31657 `whitespace-style' to have:
31659 empty
31660 trailing
31661 indentation
31662 space-before-tab
31663 space-after-tab
31665 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31666 whitespace problems in buffer.
31668 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31670 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31671 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31672 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31673 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31674 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31675 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31676 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31678 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31679 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31680 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31681 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31682 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31683 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31684 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31686 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31687 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31688 cleaning up these problems.
31690 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31692 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31693 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31695 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31696 non-nil.
31699 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31700 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31702 empty
31703 indentation
31704 space-before-tab
31705 trailing
31706 space-after-tab
31708 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31709 whitespace problems in buffer.
31711 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31713 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31714 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31715 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31716 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31717 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31718 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31719 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31721 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31722 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31723 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31724 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31725 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31726 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31727 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31729 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31730 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31731 cleaning up these problems.
31733 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31735 ;;;***
31736 \f
31737 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31738 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818
31739 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31740 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31742 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31743 Browse the widget under point.
31745 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31747 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31748 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31750 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31752 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31753 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31755 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31757 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31758 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31759 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31760 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31761 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31765 ;;;***
31766 \f
31767 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31768 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20716
31769 ;;;;;; 56 356960 0))
31770 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31772 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31773 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31775 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31777 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31778 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31779 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31781 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31783 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31784 Create widget of TYPE.
31785 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31787 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31789 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31790 Delete WIDGET.
31792 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31794 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31795 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31797 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31799 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31800 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31801 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31802 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31804 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31805 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31807 \(fn)" nil nil)
31809 ;;;***
31810 \f
31811 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31812 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709
31813 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31814 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31816 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31817 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31818 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31820 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31821 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31822 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31826 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31827 Select the window above the current one.
31829 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31830 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31831 negative ARG) of the current window.
31832 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31836 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31837 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31838 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31840 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31841 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31842 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31846 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31847 Select the window below the current one.
31848 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31850 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31851 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31852 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31856 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31857 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31858 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31859 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31861 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31863 ;;;***
31864 \f
31865 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20709 26818
31866 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
31867 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31869 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31870 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31871 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31874 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31876 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31878 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31879 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31881 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31882 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31887 ;;;***
31888 \f
31889 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31890 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20709 26818 907104
31891 ;;;;;; 0))
31892 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31894 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31895 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31896 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31898 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31900 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31902 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31903 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31904 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31905 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31906 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31907 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31908 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31909 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31911 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31912 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31914 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31916 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31917 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31919 \(fn)" t nil)
31921 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31922 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31923 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31924 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31925 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31926 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31927 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31928 `woman' command for further details.
31930 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31932 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31933 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31935 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31937 ;;;***
31938 \f
31939 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31940 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
31941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31943 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31944 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31946 BUGS:
31947 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31948 are not implemented
31949 - Options for search and replace
31950 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31951 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31953 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31954 Emacs-like.
31956 The key bindings are:
31958 C-a backward-word
31959 C-b fill-paragraph
31960 C-c scroll-up-line
31961 C-d forward-char
31962 C-e previous-line
31963 C-f forward-word
31964 C-g delete-char
31965 C-h backward-char
31966 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31967 C-j help-for-help
31968 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31969 C-l ws-repeat-search
31970 C-n open-line
31971 C-p quoted-insert
31972 C-r scroll-down-line
31973 C-s backward-char
31974 C-t kill-word
31975 C-u keyboard-quit
31976 C-v overwrite-mode
31977 C-w scroll-down
31978 C-x next-line
31979 C-y kill-complete-line
31980 C-z scroll-up
31982 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31983 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31984 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31985 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31986 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31987 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31988 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31989 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31990 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31991 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31992 C-k b ws-begin-block
31993 C-k c ws-copy-block
31994 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31995 C-k f find-file
31996 C-k h ws-show-markers
31997 C-k i ws-indent-block
31998 C-k k ws-end-block
31999 C-k p ws-print-block
32000 C-k q kill-emacs
32001 C-k r insert-file
32002 C-k s save-some-buffers
32003 C-k t ws-mark-word
32004 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32005 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32006 C-k v ws-move-block
32007 C-k w ws-write-block
32008 C-k x kill-emacs
32009 C-k y ws-delete-block
32011 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32012 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32013 C-o j justify-current-line
32014 C-o k kill-buffer
32015 C-o l list-buffers
32016 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32017 C-o r set-fill-column
32018 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32019 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32020 C-o wh split-window-right
32021 C-o wo other-window
32022 C-o wv split-window-below
32024 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32025 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32026 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32027 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32028 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32029 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32030 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32031 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32032 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32033 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32034 C-q a ws-query-replace
32035 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32036 C-q c end-of-buffer
32037 C-q d end-of-line
32038 C-q f ws-search
32039 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32040 C-q l ws-undo
32041 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32042 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32043 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32044 C-q w ws-last-error
32045 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32046 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32048 \(fn)" t nil)
32050 ;;;***
32051 \f
32052 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20709 26818
32053 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
32054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32056 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32057 Perform an interactive search.
32058 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32059 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32060 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32061 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32063 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32064 Example:
32068 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32070 ;;;***
32071 \f
32072 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32073 ;;;;;; (20766 6456 368550 0))
32074 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32076 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32077 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32078 Return the top node with all its children.
32079 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32081 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32082 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32083 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32087 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32088 namespace to URIs instead.
32090 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32091 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32093 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32095 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32097 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32099 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32100 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32101 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32102 not contain well-formed XML.
32104 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32105 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32106 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32107 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32108 element of the list.
32109 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32110 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32111 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32115 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32116 namespace to URIs instead.
32118 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32119 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32121 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32123 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32125 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32127 ;;;***
32128 \f
32129 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32130 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32131 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32133 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32134 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32135 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32136 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32137 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32138 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32139 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32140 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32141 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32142 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32144 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32146 ;;;***
32147 \f
32148 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20709
32149 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
32150 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32152 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32153 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32154 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32156 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32157 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32159 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32161 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32162 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32163 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32164 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32165 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32167 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32168 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32169 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32170 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32171 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32172 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32176 ;;;***
32177 \f
32178 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32179 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32182 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32183 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32185 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32187 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32188 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32190 \(fn)" nil nil)
32192 ;;;***
32193 \f
32194 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20709 26818 907104
32195 ;;;;;; 0))
32196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32198 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32199 Zone out, completely.
32201 \(fn)" t nil)
32203 ;;;***
32204 \f
32205 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20784 36426 559404
32415 ;;;;;; 170000))
32417 ;;;***
32418 \f
32419 (provide 'loaddefs)
32420 ;; Local Variables:
32421 ;; version-control: never
32422 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32423 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32424 ;; coding: utf-8
32425 ;; End:
32426 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here